-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, JJ4a6f8uuJRsBvoUrf98BSzEPmgu1S4tR70cna4yfI4oIqfKN5wRozamhtKttH3L 1/fB55Uw+gusANhgQj3K+A== 0000950150-03-000326.txt : 20030317 0000950150-03-000326.hdr.sgml : 20030317 20030314183817 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950150-03-000326 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 5 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20021231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20030317 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CATHAY BANCORP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000861842 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS [6022] IRS NUMBER: 954274680 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-18630 FILM NUMBER: 03604924 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 777 N BROADWAY CITY: LOS ANGELES STATE: CA ZIP: 90012 BUSINESS PHONE: 2136254700 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 777 NORTH BROADWAY CITY: LOS ANGELES STATE: CA ZIP: 90012 10-K 1 a87970e10vk.htm ANNUAL REPORT FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED 12/31/2002 e10vk
 



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-18630

Cathay Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
  95-4274680
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
777 North Broadway,
Los Angeles, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
  90012
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(213) 625-4700

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

     
Common Stock, $01 par value
  Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
(Title of class)   (Title of class)

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes þ          No o

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes þ          No o

      The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of Registrant as of February 3, 2003 was $558,605,248 (computed on the basis of $37.75 per share, which was the closing price of our Common Stock reported by the Nasdaq National Market on February 3, 2003).*

      The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 28, 2002) was $603,555,500

      The number of shares outstanding as of February 3, 2003: Common Stock, $.01 par value — 18,015,315 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

  •  Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to Registrant’s 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 21, 2003, as filed, are incorporated by reference into Part I and Part III.


Estimated solely for the purposes of this cover page. The market value of shares held by Registrant’s directors, executive officers, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan have been excluded.




 

CATHAY BANCORP, INC.

2002 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
Page

PART I
    3  
 
Items 1.  Business
    3  
   
Business of Bancorp
    3  
     
Overview
    3  
     
Competition
    4  
     
Employees
    4  
   
Business of the Bank
    4  
     
General
    4  
   
Securities
    6  
   
Loans
    6  
   
Asset Quality
    8  
   
Deposits
    8  
   
Borrowings
    8  
   
Return on Equity and Assets
    9  
   
Interest Rates and Differentials
    9  
   
Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
    9  
   
Commitments and Letters of Credit
    9  
   
Subsidiaries of Cathay Bank
    9  
   
Expansion
    9  
   
Competition
    9  
   
Employees
    10  
   
Executive Officers
    11  
   
Regulation
    11  
     
Regulation of Bancorp and the Bank
    11  
     
Regulatory Environment
    12  
     
Fiscal and Monetary Policies
    12  
     
Bank Holding Company Regulation
    13  
     
Financial Services Modernization Legislation
    13  
     
USA Patriot Act
    15  
     
Other Banking Regulations
    16  
 
Item 2.  Properties
    19  
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
    22  
 
Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
    22  
 
PART II
    22  
 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
    22  
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
    23  
   
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    24  

1


 

             
Page

 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    25  
   
General
    25  
   
Critical Accounting Policies
    25  
   
Financial Events in 2002
    26  
   
Results of Operations
    26  
   
Review of Financial Condition
    36  
   
Capital Resources
    47  
   
Risk Elements of the Loan Portfolio
    48  
   
Liquidity
    58  
   
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
    58  
   
Factors That May Affect Future Results
    61  
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
    64  
   
Market Risk
    64  
   
Quantitative Information About Interest Rate Risk
    67  
   
Financial Derivatives
    67  
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
    68  
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
    68  
 
PART III
    68  
 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
    68  
 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
    69  
 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
    69  
 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
    69  
 
Item 14.  Controls and Procedures
    69  
 
PART IV
    69  
 
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
    69  
 
SIGNATURES
    71  
CERTIFICATIONS
    73  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
    77  

2


 

      In this annual report on Form 10-K, “Bancorp” refers to Cathay Bancorp, Inc. and the “Bank” refers to Cathay Bank. The terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Bancorp and the Bank collectively. The statements in this report include forward-looking statements regarding management’s beliefs, projections, and assumptions concerning future results and events. These forward-looking statements may, but do not necessarily, also include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among other things, adverse developments, or conditions related to or arising from:

  •  our expansion into new market areas;
 
  •  fluctuations in interest rates;
 
  •  demographic changes;
 
  •  increases in competition;
 
  •  deterioration in asset or credit quality;
 
  •  changes in the availability of capital;
 
  •  adverse regulatory developments;
 
  •  changes in business strategy, including the formation of a real estate investment trust and the application to the Securities and Exchange Commission for deregistration of the registered investment company;
 
  •  general economic or business conditions; and
 
  •  other factors discussed in Part II — Item 7 — “Factors that May Affect Future Results.”

      Actual results in any future period may also vary from the past results discussed in this report. Given these risks and uncertainties, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak as of the date of this report. We have no intention and undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or to publicly announce the results of any revision of any forward-looking statement to reflect future developments or events.

PART I

Items 1.     Business

 
Business of Bancorp
 
     Overview

      Cathay Bancorp, Inc. is a business corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 1, 1990. Our only office, and our principal place of business, is located at the main office of Cathay Bank at 777 North Broadway, Los Angeles, California 90012. Our telephone number is (213) 625-4700.

      We are the holding company of Cathay Bank, a California state-chartered commercial bank. Our sole current business activity is to hold all of the outstanding stock of Cathay Bank. In the future, we may become an operating company or acquire savings institutions, banks, or companies engaged in bank-related activities and may engage in or acquire such other businesses, or activities as may be permitted by applicable law.

      We invite you to visit us at our Web site at www.cathaybank.com, to access free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, all of which are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, you can write to us to obtain a free copy of any of those reports at Cathay Bancorp Inc., 777 North Broadway, Los Angeles, California 90012, Attn: Investor Relations.

3


 

 
      Competition

      Our primary business is the business of the Bank. Therefore, the competitive conditions to be faced by us are expected to include those faced by the Bank. See “Business of the Bank — Competition.” In addition, many banks and financial institutions have formed holding companies. It is likely that these holding companies will attempt to acquire other banks, thrift institutions, or companies engaged in bank-related activities. Thus, we may face increased competition in undertaking acquisitions of such institutions and in operating after any such acquisition.

 
      Employees

      Due to the limited nature of our activities, Bancorp currently does not employ any persons other than our management, which includes the President, the Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, and the General Counsel. In the future, if we acquire other financial institutions or pursue other lines of business, we may hire additional employees. See “Business of the Bank — Employees.”

Business of the Bank

 
      General

      The Bank was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on August 22, 1961, and was licensed by the Department of Financial Institutions (previously known as the California State Banking Department), and commenced operations as a California state-chartered bank on April 19, 1962. Cathay Bank is an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act but, like most state-chartered banks of similar size in California, it is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.

      The Bank’s main office is located in the Chinatown area of Los Angeles, at 777 North Broadway, Los Angeles, California 90012.

      In addition, the Bank has the following branch offices:

  •  Southern California — Eleven branches located in the cities of:

  •  Alhambra (2 locations)
 
  •  Cerritos
 
  •  City of Industry (2 locations)
 
  •  Diamond Bar
 
  •  Irvine
 
  •  Monterey Park
 
  •  San Gabriel
 
  •  Torrance
 
  •  Westminster

  •  Northern California — Eight branches, located in the cities of:

  •  Cupertino
 
  •  Millbrae
 
  •  Milpitas
 
  •  Oakland
 
  •  Richmond
 
  •  Sacramento
 
  •  San Jose
 
  •  Union City

4


 

  •  New York — Three branches, located in the cities of:

  •  Brooklyn
 
  •  Flushing
 
  •  New York City (Located in the Chinatown area)

  •  Texas — One branch located in the city of Houston
 
  •  Hong Kong — One representative office
 
  •  Shanghai, China — One representative office

      Our primary market area is defined by the Community Reinvestment Act delineation, which includes the contiguous areas surrounding each of the Bank’s branch offices. It is the Bank’s policy to reach out and actively offer services to low and moderate income groups in the delineated branch service areas. Many of the Bank’s employees speak both English and one or more Chinese dialects or Vietnamese, and are thus able to serve the Bank’s Chinese, Vietnamese, and English speaking customers.

      The Bank conducts substantially the same business operations as a typical commercial bank. It accepts checking, savings, and time deposits, and makes commercial, real estate, personal, home improvement, automobile, and other installment and term loans. From time to time, the Bank invests available funds in other interest-earning assets, such as U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agencies securities, state and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, and venture capital investments.

      The Bank’s services also include:

  •  letters of credit
 
  •  wire transfers
 
  •  forward currency, spot and forward contracts
 
  •  traveler’s checks
 
  •  safe deposit
 
  •  night deposit
 
  •  Social Security payment deposit
 
  •  collection
 
  •  bank-by-mail
 
  •  drive-up and walk-up windows
 
  •  automatic teller machines (“ATM”)
 
  •  Internet banking services
 
  •  other customary bank services

      To accommodate those customers who cannot conduct banking business during normal banking hours, the Bank has extended its banking hours to include Saturday hours for most branches and Sunday hours at its New York branches. In addition, the operations of the drive-up and walk-up facilities are extended past normal banking hours.

5


 

      Since its inception, the Bank’s policy has been to attract business from, and to focus its primary services for the benefit of, individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses in the local markets in which its branches are located. The three general areas to which the Bank has directed its lendable assets are:

  •  residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans, construction loans, mortgage warehousing loans, home equity lines loans;
 
  •  commercial loans, trade financing loans, Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans; and
 
  •  installment loans to individuals for automobile, household, and other consumer expenditures.

      The Bank offers a program called Cathay Global Investment Services, which allows its customers to trade stocks online and to purchase mutual funds, annuities, equities, bonds, and short-term money market instruments, through UVest Financial Services Group, Inc.

Securities

      The Bank’s securities portfolio is managed by the First Vice President and Manager and the Company’s Investment Committee, in accordance with a comprehensive written Investment Policy which addresses strategies, types, and levels of allowable investments, and which is reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors of the Company.

      Our investment portfolio is managed to meet our liquidity needs through proceeds from scheduled maturities and is also utilized for pledging requirements for deposits of state and local subdivisions, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances. The portfolio is comprised of U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate debt instruments and equity securities. At December 31, 2002, the aggregate investment securities portfolio, with a carrying value of $707.73 million, was classified as investment grade securities, except for our $4.06 million of non-rated venture capital investments. We do not include federal funds sold and certain other short-term securities as investment securities. These other investments are included in cash and cash equivalents.

      Information concerning the carrying value and the maturity distribution and yield analysis of the Company’s securities available-for-sale and securities held-to-maturity portfolios is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in “Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.” A summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Bank’s securities by contractual maturity is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in “Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Loans

      Our Board of Directors and senior management establish the basic lending policy for the Bank. Each loan is generally considered in terms of, among other things, character, repayment ability, financial condition of the borrower, secondary repayment source, collateral, capital, leverage capacity of the borrower, market conditions for the borrower’s business or project, and prevailing economic trends and conditions. In the case of mortgage loans, our lending policy requires an independent appraisal on real estate property in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines. Loan originations are obtained by a variety of sources, including existing customers, walk-in customers, referrals from brokers or existing customers, and advertising. In its present marketing efforts, the Bank emphasizes its community ties, customized personal service, competitive rates, and an efficient underwriting and approval process, with loan applications taken at all of the Bank’s branch offices. The Bank’s centralized documentation department supervises the obtaining of credit reports, appraisals, and other documentation involved with a loan.

      Commercial Mortgage Loans. These loans are typically secured by first deeds of trust on commercial properties, including primarily commercial retail properties, shopping centers and owner-occupied industrial facilities, and secondarily office buildings, multiple-unit apartments, and multi-tenanted industrial properties.

6


 

In addition, the Bank provides medium-term commercial mortgage loans secured by commercial or industrial buildings where the owner either uses the property for business purposes or derives income from tenants.

      Commercial Loans. The Bank provides personalized financial services to diverse commercial and professional businesses in its market areas. Commercial loans consist primarily of short-term loans (normally with a maturity of up to one year) to support general business purposes, or to provide working capital to businesses in the form of lines of credit to finance trade-finance loans. The Bank continues to focus primarily on commercial lending to small-to-medium size businesses, within the Company’s geographic market area. Commercial loan pricing is generally at a rate tied to the prime rate, as quoted in the Wall Street Journal, or the Banks’ reference rate.

      Small Business Administration Loans. The Bank originates SBA loans in California, under the “preferred lender” status. Preferred lender status is granted to a lender which has made a certain number of SBA loans and which, in the opinion of the SBA, has staff who are qualified and experienced in this area. As a preferred lender, the Bank’s SBA Lending Group has the authority to make, on behalf of the SBA, the SBA guaranty on loans under the 7(a) program. This can represent a substantial savings in loan processing time to the customer. Under this program, the SBA delegates loan underwriting, closing, and most servicing and liquidation authority and responsibility to carefully selected lenders.

      The Bank utilizes both the 504 program, which is focused toward long-term financing of buildings and other long-term fixed assets, and the 7(a) program, which is the SBA’s primary loan program, and which can be used for financing of a variety of general business purposes such as acquisition of land and buildings, equipment, inventory and working capital needs of eligible businesses generally over a 5- to 25-year term. The collateral position in the SBA loans is enhanced by the SBA guaranty in the case of 7(a) loans, and by lower loan-to-value ratios under the 504 program. During 2002, the Bank sold the guaranteed portion of certain of its SBA 7(a) loans in the secondary market. SBA loan pricing is generally at a rate tied to the prime rate, as quoted in the Wall Street Journal.

      Residential Mortgage Loans. The Bank originates single-family-residential mortgage loans, and home equity lines of credit. The single-family-residential mortgage loans are comprised of conforming, non-conforming, and jumbo residential mortgage loans, and are secured by first and subordinate liens on single (one-to-four units) family residential properties. The Bank’s products include a fixed-rate residential mortgage loan, an adjustable-rate residential mortgage loan, and a variable-rate home equity line of credit loan. The pricing on our variable-rate home equity line of credit is generally at a rate tied to the prime rate, as quoted in the Wall Street Journal, or the Banks’ reference rate. These mortgage loans are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s guidelines, on the basis of the borrower’s financial strength, historical loan quality, and other qualifications. The Bank’s highest concentration of residential mortgage loans relates to properties in California.

      Real Estate Construction. The Bank’s real estate construction loan activity focuses on providing short-term loans, typically ranging between approximately $1.0 million and $5.0 million, to individuals and developers with whom the Bank has established relationships for the construction primarily of multi-unit projects. Residential real estate construction loans are typically secured by first deeds of trust and guarantees of the borrower. The economic viability of the projects, the borrower’s credit worthiness, and the borrower’s and contractor’s developmental experience are primary considerations in the loan underwriting decision. The Bank utilizes approved independent licensed appraisers. The Bank monitors projects during the construction phase through regular construction inspections and a disbursement program tied to the percentage of completion of each project. The Bank also occasionally makes unimproved property loans to borrowers who intend to construct a single-family-residence on the lot generally within twelve months. In addition, the Bank also makes commercial real estate construction loans to high net worth clients with adequate liquidity for construction of office and warehouse properties. Such loans are typically secured by first deeds of trust and guarantees of the borrower.

      Installment Loans. The Bank’s installment loan portfolio is divided between installment loans secured by automobiles and home improvement loans. Installment loans tend to be fixed rate and longer-term (one-to-

7


 

six year maturity). These consumer-oriented loans are funded primarily for the purpose of financing the purchase of automobiles and other personal uses of the borrower.

      Distribution and Maturity of Loans. Information concerning loan type and mix, distribution of loans and maturity of loans is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in “Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

      Non-performing Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses. Information concerning non-performing loans, allowance for loan losses, loans charged-off, loan recoveries, and other real estate owned is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in “Notes 4 and 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Asset Quality

      The Bank monitors its asset quality with lending and credit policies, which require the regular review of its loan portfolio. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of the loan agreements. Such loans are placed under closer supervision with consideration given to placing the loan on non-accrual status, the need for an additional allowance for loan losses, and (if appropriate) partial or full charge-off.

      The Bank’s policy is to place loans on a non-accrual status if interest and principal or either interest or principal is past due 90 days or more, or in cases where management deems the full collection of principal and interest unlikely. After a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest collected or accrued in the previous three months, is generally reversed against current income. Thereafter, any payment is generally first applied towards the principal balance. Depending on the circumstances, management may elect to continue the accrual of interest on certain past due loans if partial payment is received and/or the loan is well collateralized, and in the process of collection. The loan is generally returned to accrual status when the borrower has brought the past due principal and interest payments current and, in the opinion of management, the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled. Information concerning non-accrual, past due, and restructured loans is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in “Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Deposits

      The Bank attempts to price its deposits in order to promote deposit growth and offers a wide array of deposit products in order to satisfy its customers’ needs. The Bank’s current deposit products include passbook accounts, checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, individual retirement accounts, college certificates of deposit, and public funds deposits.

      The Bank’s deposits are generally obtained from residents within the Company’s geographic market area. The Bank utilizes traditional marketing methods to attract new customers and deposits, by offering a wide variety of products and services and utilizing various forms of advertising media. Information concerning types of deposit accounts, average deposits and rates, and maturity of time deposits of $100,000 or more is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Borrowings

      Borrowings from time to time include securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the purchase of federal funds, and funds obtained as advances from the FHLB of San Francisco. Information concerning the types, amounts, and maturity of our borrowings is included in “Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

8


 

Return on Equity and Assets

      Information concerning the return on average assets, return on average stockholders’ equity, the average equity to assets ratio and the dividend payout ratio is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Interest Rates and Differentials

      Information concerning the interest-earning asset mix, average interest-earning assets, average interest-bearing liabilities and the yields on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income

      An analysis of changes in net interest income due to changes in rate and volume is included in Part II — Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Commitments and Letters of Credit

      Information concerning the Bank’s outstanding loan commitments and letters of credit is included in “Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Subsidiaries of Cathay Bank

      Cathay Investment Company. Cathay Investment Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank that was formed in 1984 to invest in real property. In 1987, Cathay Investment Company opened an office in Taipei, Taiwan to promote Taiwanese real estate investments in Southern California. The office in Taipei is located at Sixth Floor, Suite 3, 146 Sung Chiang Road, Taipei, Taiwan.

      Cathay Securities Fund, Inc. Cathay Securities Fund, Inc. is a registered investment company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. It was formed in 2000 to engage in the business of investing in, owning, and holding loans and securities. Its office is located at 777 North Broadway, Los Angeles, California 90012. The Company has applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission to deregister this registered investment company. See discussion below in the section entitled “Factors That May Affect Future Results” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Expansion

      Management of the Bank continues to look for opportunities to expand the Bank’s branch network by seeking new branch locations and/or by acquiring other financial institutions to diversify its customer base in order to compete for new deposits and loans, and to be able to serve its customers more effectively. On June 27, 2002, the Bank opened a new branch in Brooklyn, New York, and on September 9, 2002, the Bank opened a new branch in Sacramento, Northern California. In addition, with China’s accession into the World Trade Organization and its increasing importance in the world economy, the Bank opened a representative office in Shanghai, China, on April 20, 2002.

Competition

      The banking business in California, and specifically in the market areas served by most of the Bank’s branch offices, is highly competitive. The Bank competes for deposits and loans with other commercial banks, savings and thrift institutions, brokerage houses, insurance companies, mortgage companies, credit unions, credit card companies and other financial and non-financial institutions and entities. In addition, the Bank also competes with other entities (both governmental and private industry) that are seeking to raise capital through the issuance and sale of debt and equity securities. Many of these institutions and entities offer

9


 

services that are not offered directly by the Bank and have substantially greater financial resources than does the Bank.

      The direction of federal legislation in recent years seems to favor increased competition between different types of financial institutions and to foster new entrants into the financial services market. Competitive conditions are expected to continue to intensify as legislation is enacted which has the effect of dissolving historical barriers that limit participation in certain markets, increasing the cost of doing business for banks, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial and non-financial institutions and entities. Technological factors, such as on-line banking and brokerage services, and economic factors can also be expected to have an ongoing impact on increasingly competitive conditions.

      To compete with other financial institutions in its primary service areas, the Bank relies principally upon the following:

  •  local promotional activities
 
  •  personal contacts by its officers, directors, employees, and stockholders
 
  •  extended hours on weekdays, Saturday banking, and Sunday banking in certain locations
 
  •  Internet banking
 
  •  an Internet website, located at www.cathaybank.com
 
  •  certain other specialized services

      For customers whose loan demands exceed the Bank’s lending limit, the Bank has attempted in the past, and intends in the future, to arrange for such loans on a participation basis with correspondent banks. The Bank also assists customers requiring other services not offered by the Bank to obtain such services from its correspondent banks.

      In Southern California, at least three other Chinese-American banks of comparable size provide particular competition for loans and deposits with the Bank and at least two super-regional banks provide such competition for deposits. In Northern California, one of these Chinese-American banks provide particular competition for loans and deposits with the Bank and the same two super-regional banks provide such competition for deposits as well.

      In addition, there are many other Chinese-American banks in both Southern and Northern California. Banks from the Pacific Rim countries, such as Taiwan, Hong Kong, and China also continue to open branches in the Los Angeles area, thus increasing competition in the Bank’s primary markets.

Employees

      As of December 31, 2002, Bancorp and Bank (including subsidiaries) employed approximately 581 persons, including 131 officers. None of the employees are represented by a union. Management believes that its relations with employees are excellent.

10


 

Executive Officers

      The table below sets forth the names, ages, and positions of all executive officers of the Company. See Part III, Item 10 — “Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant,” below for further information regarding the executive officers of Bancorp and Cathay Bank.

             
Name Age Present Position and Principal Occupation During the Past Five Years



Dunson K. Cheng
    58     Chairman of the Board of Directors of Bancorp, Cathay Bank and Cathay Investment Company since 1994; President of Bancorp since 1990. President of Cathay Bank since 1985 and director of Cathay Bank since 1982. President of Cathay Investment Company since 1999; Chief Executive Officer of Cathay Investment Company since 1995 and director of Cathay Investment Company since 1984. Chairman of the Board of Directors and President of Cathay Securities Fund, Inc. since July 2000. Trustee and President of Cathay Real Estate Investment Trust since February 2003.
Anthony M. Tang
    49     Executive Vice President of Bancorp since 1994; Assistant Secretary of Bancorp from 1991 to April 2001; Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Bancorp since 1990; and Senior Vice President of Bancorp from 1990 until 1994. Chief Lending Officer of Cathay Bank since 1985; director of Cathay Bank since 1986; Assistant Secretary of Cathay Bank from 1994 to April 2001; Senior Executive Vice President of Cathay Bank since December 1998; Executive Vice President of Cathay Bank from 1994 to December 1998; and Senior Vice President of Cathay Bank from 1990 until 1994. Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and director of Cathay Securities Fund, Inc. since July 2000. Trustee and Vice President of Cathay Real Estate Investment Trust since February 2003.
Irwin Wong
    54     Executive Vice President-Branch Administration for Cathay Bank since 1999; Senior Vice President — Branch Administration of Cathay Bank from 1989 until 1999; and Vice President — Branch Administration for Cathay Bank from 1988 until 1989. Treasurer of Cathay Real Estate Investment Trust since February 2003.
Elena Chan
    52     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cathay Bank since 1992; Internal Auditor of Cathay Bank from 1985 to 1992. Secretary of Cathay Securities Fund, Inc. since July 2000. Secretary of Cathay Real Estate Investment Trust since February 2003.

Regulation

 
      Regulation of Bancorp and the Bank

      As a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and as revised by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, Bancorp’s primary regulatory authority is the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Bank Holding Company Act requires Bancorp to file annual reports of its operations with the Federal Reserve. Bancorp is also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve.

11


 

      The Bank, as a California state-chartered commercial bank, is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or FDIC), and by the California Department of Financial Institutions. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to the legal maximum by the FDIC. Although not a member of the Federal Reserve, the Bank is subject to Federal and State rules and regulations.

      Regulatory authorities review key operational areas of Bancorp and the Bank, including asset quality, capital adequacy, liquidity, management and administrative ability, compliance with consumer protection laws and security of confidential customer information. Applicable law and regulations also limit the business activities in which Bancorp, the Bank, and its subsidiaries may be engaged. See also, “Other Banking Regulations — Interstate Banking” and “Federal Limits on the Activities and Investments of State-Chartered Banks” below.

      Bancorp also files periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is subject to federal and state securities laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which contains provisions dealing with corporate governance and management, disclosure, oversight of the accounting profession, and auditor independence.

      The following summary describes some of the more significant laws, regulations, and policies that affect our operations. It is not a complete listing of all laws that apply to Bancorp and the Bank. To the extent that the information in this Section, “Regulation of Bancorp, and the Bank,” describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to such provisions.

 
      Regulatory Environment

      The banking and financial services industry is heavily regulated. Regulations, statutes, and policies affecting the industry are frequently under review by Congress, state legislatures, and the federal and state agencies charged with supervisory and examination authority over banking institutions. This regulatory framework is intended primarily to protect the Bank’s depositors, the federal deposit insurance fund, and the safety and soundness of the regulated financial institutions. Generally, the regulatory framework is not intended to protect our stockholders.

      We expect that changes in the banking and financial services industry will continue to occur in the future. Some of the changes may create opportunities for us to compete in financial markets with less regulation. However, these changes also may create new competitors in geographic and product markets which have historically been limited by law to banking institutions, such as the Bank. We cannot predict how changes in regulations, statutes, or policies will impact us. These changes may have a material adverse effect on our business and earnings.

 
      Fiscal and Monetary Policies

      The operations of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit.

      The Federal Reserve uses the following instruments of monetary policy, among others, as a means to implement its objectives:

  •  open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities;
 
  •  changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings; and
 
  •  changes in reserve requirements on bank deposits and borrowings by banks and their affiliates.

      The Federal Reserve uses these instruments of monetary policy in varying combinations to seek to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits; the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits; the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets; and the level of inflation. The Federal Reserve’s fiscal and monetary policies will continue to have a significant effect on Bancorp and the Bank.

12


 

     Bank Holding Company Regulation

      As a bank holding company, Bancorp is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve. It is required to file reports with the Federal Reserve and furnish such other information as may be required by the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act.

      The Federal Reserve has a policy that bank holding companies must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks and may not conduct their operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. It is the Federal Reserve’s position that bank holding companies should stand ready to use their available resources to provide adequate capital to their subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity. Bank holding companies should also maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting their subsidiary banks. If a bank holding company fails in these requirements, the Federal Reserve will generally consider such failure to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve’s regulations or both.

      The Federal Reserve also has the authority to regulate bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Federal Reserve may require Bancorp to file written notice and obtain its approval prior to purchasing or redeeming Bancorp’s equity securities.

      Bancorp must also obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if it acquires more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or substantially all of the assets of a bank or bank holding company. The Federal Reserve must also give prior approval to any merger or consolidation with another bank holding company.

      In addition, under the Bank Holding Company Act, Bancorp cannot acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company. It cannot engage directly or indirectly in activities other than banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, there are some statutory exceptions. Subject to prior approval of the Federal Reserve, Bancorp can acquire shares of companies engaged in activities that the Federal Reserve deems to be closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks. In addition, as discussed below under “Financial Services Modernization Legislation,” if Bancorp becomes a “Financial Holding Company,” certain restrictions on acquiring ownership or control of certain non-banking companies will no longer apply.

 
      Financial Services Modernization Legislation

      On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (referred to in this report as the Modernization Act), which among other things revised the Bank Holding Company Act. Effective March 12, 2000, the Modernization Act repealed the two affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act that restricted banks and securities firms from affiliating.

      The Modernization Act repealed:

  •  Section 20 of the Glass-Steagall Act, which restricted the affiliation of Federal Reserve member banks with firms “engaged principally” in specified securities activities, and
 
  •  Section 33 of the Glass-Steagall Act, which restricted officer, director, or employee interlocks between a member bank and any company or person “primarily engaged” in specified securities activities.

      In addition, the Modernization Act expressly preempted any state law restricting the establishment of financial affiliations, primarily related to insurance. The law established a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers. The Modernization Act revised and expanded the Bank Holding Company Act framework and permitted a bank holding company to engage in additional types of financial activities provided that it became a “Financial Holding Company” under the Modernization Act.

13


 

      Such financial activities include banking, insurance, securities activities, merchant banking, and additional activities incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

      To affiliate with other financial service providers, we would have to become a “Financial Holding Company.” We would have to file a declaration with the Federal Reserve, electing to engage in activities permissible for Financial Holding Companies and certify that we are eligible to do so because the Bank is “well-capitalized” and “well-managed.” The Federal Reserve must also determine that the Bank, as the insured depository institution subsidiary, has at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. We have not sought to become a Financial Holding Company. We will continue to monitor our strategic business plan, market conditions, and other factors to determine whether we will elect to become a Financial Holding Company and take advantage of the expanded powers provided in the Modernization Act.

      Under the Modernization Act, securities firms and insurance companies that become Financial Holding Companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. No regulatory approval will be required for a Financial Holding Company to acquire a company (other than a bank holding company, bank or savings association) engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve. Prior Federal Reserve approval is required before a Financial Holding Company acquires the beneficial ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank holding company, bank or savings association. To the extent that the Modernization Act permits banks, securities firms, and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation.

      The Modernization Act also added a new section to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The new section allows subsidiaries of state banks to engage in “activities as principal that would only be permissible” for a national bank to conduct in a financial subsidiary. It expressly preserved a state bank’s right to retain all existing subsidiaries. California permits state-chartered commercial banks to engage in any activity permissible for national banks. Under the Modernization Act, a national bank subsidiary may engage in any financial activity which may be conducted through a Financial Holding Company subsidiary, except for insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development or merchant banking. Therefore, the Bank can form subsidiaries to engage in the activities authorized by the Modernization Act to the same extent as a national bank. To form a financial subsidiary, the Bank must be “well-capitalized” and meet other regulatory requirements. See “Other Banking Regulations — Federal Limits on the Activities and Investments of State-Chartered Banks” below.

      The Modernization Act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that Bancorp and the Bank face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than Bancorp and the Bank.

      Privacy. The Modernization Act provides consumers with new protections against the transfer and use of their nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Office of Thrift Supervision issued final rules on June 1, 2000.

      Under the rules, financial institutions must provide among other things:

  •  initial notices to customers about their privacy policies (including a description of the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates);
 
  •  annual notices of such privacy policies to current customers; and
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosure to nonaffiliated third parties.

      These federal privacy protections do not prohibit state governments from imposing more protective rules.

      Consumer Protection Rules — Sale of Insurance Products. On December 4, 2000, the federal bank and thrift regulatory agencies adopted consumer protection rules for the sale of insurance products by depository

14


 

institutions as required by the Modernization Act. The effective date was originally April 1, 2001, but on March 19, 2001, the federal agencies postponed the effective date until October 1, 2001. The rules apply to any depository institution or any person selling, soliciting, advertising, or offering insurance products or annuities to a customer at an office of the institution or on behalf of the institution.

      The rule requires oral and written disclosure, before the completion of the sale of an insurance product or annuity, that such product:

  •  is not a deposit or other obligation of, or guaranteed by, the depository institution or its affiliate;
 
  •  is not insured by the FDIC or any other agency of the United States, the depository institution or its affiliates; and
 
  •  has certain risks of investment, including possible loss of value.

      Finally, the depository institution may not condition an extension of credit on the consumer’s purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the depository institution or from any of its affiliates; on the consumer’s agreement not to obtain an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity; or by prohibiting a consumer from obtaining an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity. The disclosure must be understandable and the customer must acknowledge receipt of such disclosure.

      In addition, to the extent practicable, a depository institution must keep insurance and annuity activities physically segregated from the areas where retail deposits are routinely accepted from the general public.

      Safeguarding Confidential Customer Information. In February 2001, the federal bank and thrift regulatory agencies published guidelines requiring financial institutions to establish an information security program to:

  •  identify and assess the risks that may threaten customer information;
 
  •  develop a written plan containing policies and procedures to manage and control these risks;
 
  •  implement and test the plan; and
 
  •  adjust the plan on a continuing basis to account for changes in technology, the sensitivity of customer information, and internal or external threats to information security.

      Each institution may implement a security program appropriate to its size and complexity and the nature and scope of its operations.

      The guidelines outline specific security measures that institutions should consider in implementing a security program. A financial institution must adopt those security measures determined to be appropriate. The guidelines require the Board of Directors to oversee an institution’s efforts to develop, implement, and maintain an effective information security program and approve written information security policies and programs. The guidelines became effective July 1, 2001.

      The precise impact of the Modernization Act on Bancorp and the Bank will not be fully known until the last of the Modernization Act’s phased effective dates occurs on November 12, 2004, and until regulatory agencies promulgate all the administrative regulations implementing many portions of the Act. It can be expected that state regulatory authorities and/or legislatures may act in response to the Modernization Act.

     USA Patriot Act

      On October 26, 2001, in response to the tragic events of September 11, 2001, President Bush signed into law the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act is directed at the prevention, detection, and prosecution of international money laundering and financing of terrorism and, among other things, requires or will require financial institutions to do the following (i) establish an anti-money laundering program; (ii) establish due diligence policies, procedures, and controls with respect to private banking accounts and correspondent banking accounts involving foreign individuals and certain foreign banks; and

15


 

(iii) avoid establishing, maintaining, administering, or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country. The Company is not yet able to determine the impact of the Patriot Act on its financial condition or results of operations.

     Other Banking Regulations

      As a California state-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination, and regulation by the FDIC and by the California Department of Financial Institutions. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the legal maximum and the Bank is subject to FDIC rules applicable to insured banks. Although not a member of the Federal Reserve, the Bank is subject to Federal and State rules and regulations.

      Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have established risk-based minimum capital guidelines that seek to ensure that banking organizations are appropriately capitalized. The guidelines are intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions which are recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit or recourse arrangements. Under these guidelines, the nominal dollar amounts of assets and the credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk-adjusted percentages. The risk-adjusted percentages range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with high credit risk, such as commercial loans.

      The federal regulators require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8% (10% to be well capitalized) and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4% (6% to be well capitalized). In addition, the federal regulators require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (5% to be well capitalized). The Company was well capitalized as of December 31, 2002, with a total risk-based capital ratio of 13.01%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.93% and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 10.11%.

      The tables presenting our risk-based capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2002, are included in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Bancorp, which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

      Prompt Corrective Action. In December 1991, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (or FDICIA) was enacted into law. FDICIA provided for the recapitalization of the Bank Insurance Fund and improved examinations of insured depository institutions. It required each federal banking regulatory agency to revise its risk-based capital standards and to specify levels at which regulated institutions are considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” It prescribes standards for safety and soundness of all insured depository institutions. FDICIA requires each federal banking agency and the FDIC to take “prompt corrective action” against those institutions that fail to satisfy their minimum capital requirements. As of December 31, 2002, the Bank was well capitalized for these regulatory purposes.

      An institution that, based on its capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category, if the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. The affected institution must receive proper notice and have an opportunity for a hearing. At each successive lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to more restrictions, including restrictions on the bank’s activities, operational practices, and ability to pay dividends.

      In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provision, commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions by federal regulators for, among other things, unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses, or violations of any law, rule, regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the relevant regulatory agency or any written agreement with a regulatory agency.

16


 

      Premiums for Deposit Insurance. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund, as administered by the FDIC, up to the maximum permitted by law. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each Bank Insurance Fund member institution is based on its capitalization risk level and its supervisory subgroup category. The supervisory subgroup category is based on the FDIC’s assessment of the financial condition of the institution and the probability that FDIC intervention or other corrective action will be required.

      The Bank Insurance Fund assessment rate as of December 31, 2002, ranged from zero to 27 basis points per $100 of insured deposits. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s assessment rate was zero. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semiannual basis. An increase in the Bank Insurance Fund assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

      The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance if it finds among other things that:

  •  the institution’s condition is unsafe or unsound;
 
  •  the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices; and
 
  •  the institution has violated any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or condition imposed in writing by the relevant regulating agency or any written agreement with a regulating agency.

      Under the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996, on January 1, 1997, banks began paying an annual assessment towards the retirement of U.S. government issued Financing Corporation bonds. The bonds were issued in the 1980s to capitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation to assist in the recovery of the savings and loan industry. FDIC-insured institutions paid approximately 1.71 cents per $100 of Bank Insurance Fund-assessable deposits in 2002.

      Dividends. As a California corporation and a state-chartered bank, the Bank may not pay dividends to Bancorp in excess of certain statutory and regulatory limits. As of December 31, 2002, the maximum dividend that the Bank could have declared, subject to regulatory approval, was $103,076,000.

      The California Commissioner of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve may also prohibit a bank from paying dividends to its bank holding company if they determine that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In addition, if the Bank fails to comply with its minimum capital requirements, its regulators may restrict its ability to pay dividends using prompt corrective action or other enforcement powers.

      Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending. The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving its home mortgage lending operations and Community Reinvestment Act activities. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, a bank is obligated to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operation. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs, nor does it limit a bank’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its community. However, the Community Reinvestment Act does require that federal regulators, when examining an institution, assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and take such record into account in evaluating certain applications, including an application to become a Financial Holding Company under the Modernization Act.

      Federal regulators are required to provide a written examination of an institution’s Community Reinvestment Act performance. The regulators rate an institution’s performance using a four tiered rating system. The ratings are: outstanding record of meeting community credit needs; satisfactory record of meeting community credit needs; needs to improve record of meeting community credit needs; and substantial noncompliance of meeting community credit needs. The ratings are available to the public. Based upon the last Community Reinvestment Act examination by the FDIC in January 2001, the Bank’s Community Reinvestment Act rating was “satisfactory” in meeting community credit needs.

      The Bank is also subject to other fair lending requirements and reporting obligations related to its home mortgage lending operations. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination

17


 

on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex or marital status, or age (provided the applicant has the capacity to contract). A bank can become subject to substantial penalties and corrective measures for violations of fair lending laws.

      Federal Limits on the Activities and Investments of State-Chartered Banks. Federal restrictions on the direct and indirect activities and investments of state-chartered or licensed depository institutions exist if the institution either carries federal deposit insurance or is involved in activities with foreign banks. The FDIC is the regulatory agency with the authority to determine federal restrictions on all direct and indirect activities and investments.

      Prior to 1999, subject to a number of grandfathering provisions and a few exceptions, there were three rules which limited the activities and investments of state-chartered banks.

        1.     A state-chartered bank could not engage as principal in any type of activity that was prohibited for a national bank, unless the FDIC determined the activity posed no significant risk to the affected deposit insurance fund and the institution met its fully phased in capital requirements.
 
        2.     A state-chartered bank could not make or retain an equity investment of a type or in an amount that was prohibited for a national bank; and, divestiture of such an investment was required by 1996.
 
        3.     A state-chartered bank could retain an equity investment in the form of a majority-owned subsidiary engaged as principal in activities prohibited for a national bank subsidiary, but only if the FDIC had made the same determinations respecting risk to the insurance fund and capital compliance by the bank.

      The Modernization Act added a new section to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to provide that an insured state bank may control or hold an interest in a subsidiary engaged as principal in activities that would be permissible for a national bank to conduct through a financial subsidiary, subject to certain conditions. Under the Modernization Act, in January 2001, the FDIC adopted final rules to streamline the certification process. State nonmember banks may self-certify that they meet the requirements necessary to qualify for conducting non-agency activities. The insured state bank must certify that: it is “well managed;” it is “well capitalized;” it will deduct the aggregate amount of its outstanding equity investment in all financial subsidiaries that engage in activities as principal from the bank’s total assets and tangible equity; and it will deduct such equity investment in such financial subsidiaries from its total risk-based capital. In addition, the bank must have received a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory” in meeting community credit needs in its most recent examination.

      Additional requirements must be satisfied in order for a financial subsidiary of a state nonmember insured bank to conduct securities underwriting. Securities activities are subject to a variety of general and specific safety and soundness restrictions. Further, state banks wishing to engage in activities prohibited to national banks, such as real estate development or investment, must continue to seek FDIC consent by filing a notice or application, as was the procedure before the Modernization Act.

      Interstate Banking. The Federal Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 was signed into law on September 29, 1994. The Riegle-Neal Act significantly relaxed or eliminated many restrictions on interstate banking. Effective September 29, 1995, the Riegle-Neal Act permitted a bank holding company to acquire banks in states other than its “home state,” even if applicable state law would not permit that acquisition. Such acquisitions continue to require Federal Reserve approval and remain subject to certain state laws.

      Effective June 1, 1997, the Riegle-Neal Act permitted interstate mergers of banks, thereby allowing a single merged bank to operate branches in multiple states. The Riegle-Neal Act allowed each state to adopt legislation to “opt-out” of these interstate merger provisions. Conversely, the Riegle-Neal Act permitted states to “opt in” to the merger provisions of the Act prior to their stated effective date, to permit interstate mergers in that state prior to June 1, 1997. The enactment of the California Interstate Banking and Branching Act of 1995 provided for interstate banking and branching in California. This early opt-in legislation became effective on October 2, 1995. It required out-of-state institutions, which did not own a California bank to acquire an

18


 

existing whole five-year old bank before establishing a California branch. De novo interstate branching was not permitted. This act revised much of the original California interstate banking law first enacted in 1986 that permitted interstate banking with other states on a reciprocal basis.

      Banks and bank holding companies contemplating acquisitions must comply with the following Acts, as applicable:

  •  the competitive standards of the Bank Holding Company Act;
 
  •  the Change in Bank Control Act; and
 
  •  the Bank Merger Act.

      The crucial test under each Act is whether the proposed acquisition will “result in a monopoly” or will “substantially” lessen competition in the relevant geographic market. Both the Bank Holding Company Act and the Bank Merger Act preclude granting regulatory approval for any transaction that will “result in” a monopoly or is in furtherance of a plan to create a monopoly. However, where a proposed transaction is likely to cause a substantial reduction in competition, or tends to create a monopoly or otherwise restrain trade, these Acts permit the granting of regulatory approval under certain circumstances. The applicable regulator may approve the transaction if it concludes that the perceived anti-competitive effects are clearly outweighed by the probable beneficial effects of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served.

      We seek to expand our market areas by acquiring other financial institutions or establishing de novo branches in or outside of California as permitted by applicable laws, whenever suitable opportunities present themselves. The Riegle-Neal Act may have the effect of increasing competition by facilitating entry into the California banking market by out of state banks and bank holding companies.

      Federal Home Loan Bank. The Federal Home Loan Bank System consists of twelve district banks and is supervised by the Federal Housing Finance Board. Commercial banks, credit unions, savings associations, and certain other insured depository institutions making long-term home mortgage loans are eligible to become members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

      In January 1993, the Bank became a member and stockholder of the Federal Home Loan Bank in San Francisco. As a member and stockholder, the Bank has access to a source of low-cost liquidity. The level of stock ownership is currently governed by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, and the amount of borrowing is defined by the amount of stock purchased. Stock is purchased and redeemed at par. The Bank’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock totaled 55,606 shares or $5,560,600 as of December 31, 2002.

      All credit extended by the district bank requires full collateralization. Eligible collateral includes the following:

  •  residential first mortgage loans on single and multi-family projects
 
  •  U.S. government and agency securities
 
  •  deposits in district banks
 
  •  certain other real estate related assets permitted by law

 
Item 2.      Properties

      Cathay Bancorp. The Bancorp currently neither owns nor leases any real or personal property. We use the premises, equipment, and furniture of the Bank without the payment of any rental fees to the Bank.

19


 

      Cathay Bank. The Bank’s main corporate office and headquarters branch is located in the Chinatown area of Los Angeles. The offices are in a three-story structure containing 26,527 square feet and constructed of glass and concrete. The Bank owns both the building and the land upon which the building is situated.

  •  The main floor currently accommodates:

  •  a platform area for consumer loans and certain commercial and commercial mortgage loans
 
  •  a platform area for Cathay Global Investments Services
 
  •  a new account area
 
  •  teller stations
 
  •  pneumatic drive-up teller stations
 
  •  walk-up teller station
 
  •  an operations area
 
  •  a vault area

  •  The second floor contains executive offices and the Bank’s Board Room
 
  •  The third floor houses the Bank’s corporate lending department.

      Parking for approximately 126 automobiles is provided on three lots adjacent to the Bank’s building, two of which are owned by the Bank. The third lot is leased under a 55-year term with a 30-year option commencing in January 1987 at a current monthly rent of approximately $16,031.

      Furthermore, the Bank owns its branch offices in the following cities:

  •  Monterey Park
 
  •  Alhambra
 
  •  Westminster
 
  •  San Gabriel
 
  •  Torrance
 
  •  Cerritos
 
  •  City of Industry
 
  •  Cupertino
 
  •  Flushing, New York

20


 

      In addition to the bank-owned properties, the parking lot lease, and the lease for the Cathay Investment Company’s Taipei office described below, the Bank leases certain other premises. The following table lists the location, square footage, purpose, and lease term of each lease.

                         
Location Sq. Ft. Purpose Lease Term




767 N. Hill Street     8,912       Administrative offices       2/01 – 1/04  
Los Angeles, CA
(Rm 305-306, 308-309, 313-315, 320)*
                       
767 N. Hill Street
    1,800       Administrative offices       2/01 – 1/04  
Los Angeles, CA
(Rm 301-302)
                       
16025 E. Gale Ave., Ste B-1
    4,483       Hacienda Heights       7/99 – 6/04 with  
City of Industry, CA             branch office       one 5-year option  
2010 Tully Road**
    4,800       San Jose branch office       3/96 – 4/06 with  
San Jose, CA                     two 5-year options  
710 Webster Street
    5,000       Oakland branch office       9/01 – 9/06 with  
Oakland, CA                     one 5-year option  
1759 N. Milpitas Blvd
    3,121       Milpitas branch office       10/00 – 10/05 with  
Milpitas, CA                     two 5-year options  
15323 Culver Drive
    4,450       Irvine branch office       10/94 – 4/09 with  
Irvine, CA                     two 5-year options  
1095 El Camino Real
    3,441       Millbrae branch office       1/00– 12/04 with  
Millbrae, CA                     one 5-year option  
800 N. Hill Street
    8,707       Administrative offices       2/99 – 2/04  
Los Angeles, CA                        
43 E. Valley Blvd
    1,976       Valley/Stoneman       11/01 – 11/06 with  
Alhambra, CA             branch office       three 5-year options  
3288 Pierce Street, Suite D-101
    2,535       Berkeley/Richmond       10/97 – 10/03 with  
Richmond, CA             branch office       two 5-year options  
1195 S. Diamond Bar Blvd
    2,500       Diamond Bar branch       9/99 – 9/07  
Diamond Bar, CA             office          
1701 Decoto Road
    2,100       Union City branch       04/01 – 04/06  
Union City, CA             office          
5591 Sky Parkway
    3,235       Sacramento branch       06/2002 – 06/2007  
Suite 411-415             office          
Sacramento, CA                        
45 E. Broadway
    6,450       New York Chinatown       1/97 – 12/06 with  
New York, NY             branch office       two 5-year options  
10375 Richmond Avenue, Suite 1600***
    1,797       Houston branch office       5/02 – 4/03  
Houston, TX                        
5402 Eight Avenue
    2,700       Brooklyn branch office       09/01 – 08/11 with  
Brooklyn, NY                     one 5-year option  
Room 902-3, 9/F
    740       Hong Kong       1/03 – 1/05  
Printing House             representative office          
6 Duddell Street, Central
Hong Kong
                       
Unit 1808 Shanghai Kerry Centre,
    726       Shanghai representative       4/02 – 4/05  
1515 Nanjing Road West             office          
Shanghai, 200040
People’s Republic of China
                       

21


 


  The lease is between the Bank and T.C. Realty, Inc., a California corporation owned by the spouse of Mr. Patrick Lee. Mr. Lee is a director of Bancorp and the Bank. Management believes that the lease is on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as would have existed in a transaction with an unrelated third party.

  **  Cathay Bank has a one-time right to cancel the lease after the fifth year upon the payment of $55,500 in consideration.

***  The Houston branch office lease is being renegotiated for a term of one additional year.

      The Bank currently operates 24 domestic branch offices, one branch office of Cathay Investment Company in Taiwan, one representative office in Hong Kong, and one representative office in Shanghai, China. Each branch office has loan approval rights subject to the branch manager’s authorized lending limits. Activities of Cathay Investment Company’s Taiwan office and the Hong Kong and Shanghai representative offices are limited to coordinating the transportation of documents to the Bank’s headquarters office and performing liaison services.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Bank’s investment in premises and equipment totaled $29,788,000. See also Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Cathay Bancorp, which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

      Cathay Investment Company. The office in Taipei is located at Sixth Floor, Suite 3, 146 Sung Chiang Road, Taipei, Taiwan, and consists of 1,806 square feet. The lease was renewed for one year from October 5, 2002 to October 4, 2003. The lease contains an option to renew the lease for an additional period ranging from one to three years, after October 4, 2003. As of December 31, 2002, Cathay Investment Company did not own any properties.

      Cathay Securities Fund, Inc. Its office is located at 777 North Broadway, Los Angeles, California 90012. The Company has applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission to deregister this registered investment company. See discussion below in the section entitled “Factors That May Affect Future Results” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
Item 3.      Legal Proceedings

      Management is not currently aware of any litigation that is expected to have material adverse impact on our consolidated financial condition or the results of operations.

 
Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2002.

PART II

 
Item 5.      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

      (a) Market Information

      Cathay Bancorp trades on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CATY.” The closing price of the Company’s common stock on February 3, 2003 was $37.75 per share, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market. The Company does not represent that the outstanding shares may be either bought or sold at a certain price.

22


 

      The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, as adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend, effective May 9, 2002:

                                 
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001


High Low High Low




First quarter
  $ 36.74     $ 30.71     $ 32.25     $ 22.57  
Second quarter
    48.30       35.73       29.86       21.82  
Third quarter
    45.46       33.32       29.00       22.83  
Fourth quarter
    44.00       31.90       33.47       26.40  

      (b) Holders

      As of February 3, 2003, there were approximately 1,640 holders of record of our Common Stock.

      (c) Dividends

      The cash dividends declared by quarter, as adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split effective May 9, 2002, were as follows:

                 
Year Ended
December 31,

2002 2001


First quarter
  $ 0.125     $ 0.125  
Second quarter
    0.140       0.125  
Third quarter
    0.140       0.125  
Fourth quarter
    0.140       0.125  

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

      The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data for the Bancorp, and is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of Cathay Bancorp and the Notes thereto, which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

23


 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

                                           
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)(3)
Income Statement(1)
                                       
Interest income
  $ 144,061     $ 159,352     $ 164,553     $ 133,046     $ 123,309  
Interest expense
    39,920       66,153       74,156       57,408       57,225  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
    104,141       93,199       90,397       75,638       66,084  
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       6,373       4,200       4,200       3,600  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Securities gains (losses)
    1,926       2,157       1,085       (3 )     43  
Other non-interest income
    14,245       12,622       11,671       8,858       8,093  
Non-interest expense
    43,317       40,165       38,504       30,282       30,065  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income tax expense
    70,995       61,440       60,449       50,011       40,555  
Income tax expense
    22,295       18,820       21,862       19,720       15,976  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 48,700     $ 42,620     $ 38,587     $ 30,291     $ 24,579  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 2.71     $ 2.35     $ 2.13     $ 1.68     $ 1.37  
 
Diluted
  $ 2.69     $ 2.35     $ 2.13     $ 1.68     $ 1.37  
Cash dividends paid per common share
  $ 0.545     $ 0.500     $ 0.440     $ 0.405     $ 0.350  
Weighted-average common shares
                                       
 
Basic
    17,991,333       18,107,790       18,113,502       18,026,856       17,934,376  
 
Diluted
    18,115,119       18,165,260       18,147,770       18,035,520       17,936,460  
Statement of Condition
                                       
Securities available-for-sale
  $ 248,273     $ 248,958     $ 177,796     $ 160,991     $ 239,928  
Securities held-to-maturity
    459,452       374,356       387,200       426,332       418,156  
Net loans(2)
    1,848,078       1,640,032       1,437,307       1,245,585       961,876  
Total assets
    2,753,998       2,453,114       2,206,834       1,995,924       1,780,898  
Deposits
    2,314,643       2,122,348       1,876,447       1,721,736       1,560,402  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    28,500       22,114       68,173       46,990       16,436  
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    50,000       30,000       10,000       30,000       30,000  
Stockholders’ equity
    287,961       246,011       214,787       179,109       156,652  
Common Stock Data
                                       
Shares of common stock outstanding
    17,999,955       17,957,738       18,148,730       18,067,166       17,977,520  
Book value per common share
  $ 16.00     $ 13.70     $ 11.83     $ 9.91     $ 8.71  
Profitability Ratios
                                       
Return on average assets
    1.88 %     1.82 %     1.81 %     1.63 %     1.44 %
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    18.30       18.36       20.09       18.31       17.00  
Dividend payout ratio
    20.11       21.23       20.66       23.95       25.55  
Average equity to average assets ratio
    10.27       9.03       9.03       8.89       8.47  
Efficiency ratio
    36.00       37.20       37.33       35.84       40.51  


(1)  Includes the operating results and the selected assets and assumed deposits and liabilities of Golden City Commercial Bank subsequent to the December 10, 1999, their acquisition date.
 
(2)  Net loans represents gross loans net of loan participations sold, allowance for loan losses and unamortized deferred loan fees.
 
(3)  Shares and per share data have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend, effective May 9, 2002.

24


 

 
Item 7.      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
General

      The following discussion is intended to provide information to facilitate the understanding and assessment of the consolidated financial condition of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”) and its subsidiary, Cathay Bank (the “Bank” and together the “Company” or “we”, “us” or “our”) and their consolidated results of operations. It should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes appearing elsewhere in this report. The Bank offers a wide range of financial services. The Bank now operates twelve branches in Southern California, eight branches in Northern California, three branches in New York State, one branch in Houston, Texas, and two representative offices, one in Hong Kong and one in Shanghai, China. In addition, the Bank’s subsidiary, Cathay Investment Company, maintains an office in Taiwan. The Bank is a commercial bank, servicing primarily the individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses in the local markets in which its branches are located.

      The following discussion and other sections of this report include forward-looking statements regarding management’s beliefs, projections, and assumptions concerning future results and events. These forward-looking statements may, but do not necessarily, also include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among other things, adverse developments, or conditions related to or arising from:

  •  our expansion into new market areas;
 
  •  fluctuations in interest rates;
 
  •  demographic changes;
 
  •  increases in competition;
 
  •  deterioration in asset or credit quality;
 
  •  changes in the availability of capital;
 
  •  adverse regulatory developments;
 
  •  changes in business strategy, including the formation of a real estate investment trust and the application to the Securities and Exchange Commission for deregistration of the registered investment company;
 
  •  general economic or business conditions; and
 
  •  other factors discussed in the section entitled “Factors that May Affect Future Results” later in this report.

      Actual results in any future period may also vary from the past results discussed in this report. Given these risks and uncertainties, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak as of the date hereof. We have no intention and undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or to publicly announce the results of any revision of any forward-looking statement to reflect future developments or events.

      The financial information presented herein includes the accounts of the Company, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material transactions between these entities are eliminated.

Critical Accounting Policies

      The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets

25


 

and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under difference assumptions or conditions.

      Accounting for the allowance for loan losses involves significant judgments and assumptions by management, which has a material impact on the carrying value of net loans; management considers this accounting policy to be a critical accounting policy. The judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances as described under the heading “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Financial Events in 2002

 
New branches and representative office

      The Bank opened two new branches and one overseas representative office during the year. The Sacramento Branch opened for business on September 9, 2002. The Brooklyn Branch opened for business on June 27, 2002, and became our third branch in the New York area. On April 20, 2002, we opened a representative office in Shanghai, China.

 
Acquisition of deposit accounts of the New York branch of CITIC International Financial Holdings Limited

      On November 27, 2002, the Bank entered into a deposit account purchase agreement with CITIC International Financial Holdings Limited, a limited company incorporated in Hong Kong, to purchase and assume certain deposit accounts with an aggregate value not to exceed $10 million, and for a total premium not to exceed $60,000. This transaction is pending regulatory approval.

 
Two-for-one stock split

      On March 22, 2002, the Bancorp announced that its Board of Directors approved a two-for-one split of the Company’s common stock, in the form of a 100% stock dividend, payable May 9, 2002, to stockholders of record on April 19, 2002. Stockholders received one additional share for every one share of Cathay Bancorp common stock held on the record date. The Company common stock had been trading at or near its historic closing highs, and to commemorate the 40th Anniversary of the Bank, the Board of Directors approved the splitting of the Company’s common stock to help make it more accessible to a wider range of investors and improve its liquidity.

 
Increase to common stock dividend

      On March 22, 2002, the Board of Directors of the Bancorp approved a quarterly cash dividend of 14 cents per share on a post-split basis payable April 16, 2002, to stockholders of record on April 1, 2002. This dividend represented a 12 percent increase from the 12.5 cents per share dividend paid on a post-split basis in the previous quarter.

 
Repurchase of common stock

      In 2002, the Company repurchased a total of 27,500 shares of common stock at an average price of $34.37. At December 31, 2002, the Company is still authorized to purchase an additional $6.71 million under the $15.00 million repurchase program adopted by the Board of Directors in April 2001. Cumulatively through December 31, 2002, the Company has repurchased 305,300 shares of our common stock for $8.29 million.

Results of Operations

 
Summary

      For the year 2002, the Company reported a record consolidated net income of $48.70 million or $2.69 per diluted share, a 14.27% increase in net income compared with net income of $42.62 million or $2.35 per

26


 

diluted share for 2001, and an increase of 26.21% in net income, when compared with net income of $38.59 million or $2.13 per diluted share for 2000.

      An increase of $29.34 million in the excess of average interest-earning assets over average deposits and borrowings coupled with changes in the mix of average interest-earning assets and in the mix of average deposits and borrowings, were the main drivers of the total $6.08 million increase to net income between 2002 and 2001. These changes increased our net interest income before provision for loan losses by 11.74%, or $10.94 million, between 2002 and 2001. Net interest income before provision for loan losses for 2002 totaled $104.14 million compared to $93.20 million for 2001.

      During the same period, non-interest income increased by $1.39 million, reflecting increases in wire transfer fee income, safe deposit fee income, loan related fee income, and gains on sale of SBA loans. Although we were able to improve our efficiency ratio to 36.00% in 2002 compared to 37.20% in 2001, the Company’s non-interest expense increased by $3.15 million between 2002 and 2001 to $43.32 million, as a result of increases in year-end bonuses and in annual salary adjustments.

      Net income and key financial performance ratios are presented below for the three years indicated:

                         
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands, except share
and per share data)
Net income
  $ 48,700     $ 42,620     $ 38,587  
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 2.71     $ 2.35     $ 2.13  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 2.69     $ 2.35     $ 2.13  
Return on average assets
    1.88 %     1.82 %     1.81 %
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    18.30 %     18.36 %     20.09 %
Total average assets
  $ 2,590,837     $ 2,339,669     $ 2,126,853  
Total average stockholders’ equity
  $ 266,136     $ 232,105     $ 192,117  
Efficiency ratio
    36.00 %     37.20 %     37.33 %
Effective income tax rate
    31.40 %     30.63 %     36.17 %

Year 2002 compared to Year 2001

 
Taxable-Equivalent Interest Income

      During 2002, we experienced compression to our taxable-equivalent net interest margin due to the declining interest rate environment on a balance sheet that is asset sensitive. During 2001, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”), lowered the target federal funds rate by 475 basis points in rapid succession during the year. In November 2002, an additional reduction of 50 basis points was approved by the FOMC, bringing the total decrease to 525 basis points during the past two years. As a commercial bank, most of our loans are variable-rate, and reprice each time there is a change in the target Federal funds rate. In response to these conditions, we made efforts to manage our interest-earning assets by increasing average loans, which yield higher than other types of investments, and made efforts to obtain lower cost core deposits, thus optimizing the mix of our deposit portfolios. The impact of these efforts allowed us to maintain our taxable-equivalent margin well above the 4.00% mark during 2002, and increased our taxable-equivalent net interest income by $11.04 million to $106.29 million compared with $95.25 million for 2001. On a combined basis, these changes to our balance sheet should position us to slightly reduce our exposure to declining interest rates, while also effectively allowing us to take advantage of market interest rates in the event they move upward. The increase of $11.04 million to taxable-equivalent interest income was due to a combination of the following:

  •  Increase in volume: Average interest-earning assets increased $252.52 million, to $2.42 billion in 2002, an increase of 11.66% over interest-earning assets of $2.17 billion in 2001. The increase in total interest-earning assets contributed an additional $17.35 million to taxable-equivalent interest income between 2002 and 2001.

27


 

  •  Decrease in rate: As mentioned above, the rapidly declining interest rate environment was the main factor behind our decrease in taxable-equivalent interest income in 2002, resulting in a $32.54 million decrease to taxable-equivalent interest income due to rate changes. The taxable-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets decreased 141 basis points from 7.45% in 2001 to 6.04% in 2002.
 
  •  Change in the mix of interest earning assets: Average net loans of $1.72 billion, which yield higher than other types of investments, increased by $205.25 million in 2002 and comprised 71.30% of total average interest-bearing assets compared with 70.14% in 2001. Conversely, total average investment securities as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets declined to 26.63% in 2002 compared to 28.21% in 2001, and equaled $644.27 million in 2002 compared with $611.21 million in 2001.

 
Interest Expense

      Interest expense decreased by $26.23 million to $39.92 million in 2002 compared with $66.15 million in 2001. The reason for the decrease was a combination of the repricing of deposits in a lower interest rate environment, and a change in the mix of these deposits, partially offset by increases in volume, more particularly described as follows:

  •  Increase in volume: Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $178.16 million in 2002, and added $5.53 million of additional interest expense in 2002.
 
  •  Decrease in rate: As a result of the lower interest rate environment during 2002, the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 162 basis points to 1.98% in 2002 compared with 3.60% in 2001, decreasing interest expense by $31.77 million. The average cost of funds on total deposits and borrowings, which includes non- interest-bearing demand deposits, decreased by 146 basis points to 1.74% in 2002 compared with 3.20% in 2001.
 
  •  Change in the mix of deposits and borrowings: As a percentage of total average deposits and borrowings, average time deposits of $100,000 or more decreased to 41.35% for 2002 compared with 42.39% during 2001. For the year 2002, total average deposits and borrowings increased by $223.18 million, of which 57.58% or $128.49 million of the total increase was comprised of average core deposits, while the remaining 42.18% or $94.65 million was comprised of average time deposits of $100,000 or more and borrowings.

 
Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Margin

      The excess of average interest-earning assets over average deposits and borrowings increased by $29.34 million in 2002 to $126.96 million compared with $97.63 million in 2001. The taxable-equivalent net interest margin, defined as taxable-equivalent net interest income to average interest-earning assets decreased one basis point from 4.40% in 2001 to 4.39% in 2002.

Year 2001 compared to Year 2000

 
Taxable-Equivalent Interest Income

      Taxable-equivalent interest income decreased $4.89 million or 2.94% to $161.40 million in 2001, largely as a result of actions taken by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”), which lowered the target federal funds rate by 475 basis points during the year. The $4.89 million decrease in taxable-equivalent interest income was due to a combination of the following:

  •  Increase in volume: Average interest-earning assets increased $239.83 million, to $2.17 billion in 2001, an increase of 12.45% over interest-earning assets of $1.93 billion in 2000. The increase in volume was primarily attributable to the increase in average net loans of $206.37 million, which contributed an additional $18.12 million to interest income.
 
  •  Decrease in rate: The taxable-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets decreased 118 basis points from 8.63% in 2000 to 7.45% in 2001. As a result of the lower interest rate environment, the interest yield earned on average net loans decreased 168 basis points from 9.62% to 7.94%, decreasing interest

28


 

  income on net loans by $23.87 million. The decrease in yield of average interest-earning assets was primarily due to eleven consecutive drops in interest rates by the FOMC.
 
  •  Change in the mix of interest earning assets: Average net loans of $1.52 billion, which yield higher than other types of investments, increased by $206.37 million in 2001 and comprised 70.14% of total average interest-bearing assets compared with 68.16% in 2000. Conversely, total average securities increased by $9.97 million and comprised 28.21% of total average interest-earning assets in 2001 compared with 31.21% in 2000.

 
Interest Expense

      Interest expense decreased by $8.00 million to $66.15 million in 2001 compared with $74.16 million in 2000, primarily due to a combination of the following:

  •  Increase in volume: Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $149.05 million in 2001, and added $6.76 million of additional interest expense in 2001.
 
  •  Decrease in rate: As a result of the lower interest rate environment during 2001, the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 79 basis points to 3.60% in 2001 compared with 4.39% in 2000, decreasing interest expense by $14.76 million. The average cost of funds on deposits and borrowings, which includes non-interest- bearing demand deposits, decreased by 70 basis points to 3.20% in 2001 compared with 3.90% in 2000.
 
  •  Change in the mix of deposits and borrowings: Average time deposits of $1.29 billion increased by $169.62 million and comprised 62.21% of total deposits and borrowings in 2001 compared to 58.74% of total deposits and borrowings in 2000. Other borrowed funds decreased by $41.22 million to $3.08 million in 2001. Average savings deposits, which include savings accounts, NOW accounts and money market accounts increased by $33.25 million to $496.94 million in 2001, average non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased by $17.62 million to $229.59 million in 2001 compared with $211.98 million in 2000, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased by $7.49 million to $32.34 million in 2001.

     Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Margin

      As a result of the eleven interest rates cuts by the FOMC during 2001, the Company’s taxable-equivalent net interest margin, defined as taxable-equivalent net interest income to average interest-earning assets, decreased 38 basis points from 4.78% in 2000 to 4.40% in 2001. The Company was asset sensitive in the short-term scenario, which resulted in lower yielding assets and lagging time deposits in 2001.

      Net interest income before provision for loan losses for 2002, 2001, and 2000 are summarized below:

                         
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
  $ 104,141     $ 93,199     $ 90,397  
Taxable-equivalent net interest income before provision for loan losses
  $ 106,294     $ 95,250     $ 92,132  

29


 

Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income — Changes Due to Rate and Volume(1)

                                                   
2002-2001 2001-2000
Increase (Decrease) in Increase (Decrease) in
Net Interest Income Due to: Net Interest Income Due to:


Changes in Changes in Total Changes in Changes Total
Volume Rate Change Volume in Rate Change






(In thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
                                               
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
  $ 488     $ (991 )   $ (503 )   $ 938     $ (308 )   $ 630  
 
Securities available-for-sale (Taxable)
    3,127       (1,977 )     1,150       (12 )     (487 )     (499 )
 
Securities available-for-sale (Nontaxable)(2)
    (37 )     2       (35 )     14       (3 )     11  
 
Securities held-to-maturity (Taxable)
    (1,515 )     (1,437 )     (2,952 )     (371 )     34       (337 )
 
Securities held-to-maturity (Nontaxable)(2)
    32       98       130       (29 )     (7 )     (36 )
 
Agency preferred stock(2)
    320       (377 )     (57 )     1,169       (93 )     1,076  
 
Deposits with other banks
    (59 )     35       (24 )     45       (29 )     16  
 
Loans(3)
    14,996       (27,894 )     (12,898 )     18,119       (23,865 )     (5,746 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total increase (decrease) in interest income
    17,352       (32,541 )     (15,189 )     19,873       (24,758 )     (4,885 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
                                               
 
Savings deposits, NOW accounts, and others
    690       (2,945 )     (2,255 )     524       (2,700 )     (2,176 )
 
Time deposits
    3,672       (28,542 )     (24,870 )     8,441       (10,346 )     (1,905 )
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (172 )     (50 )     (222 )     (564 )     (423 )     (987 )
 
Other borrowed funds
    23       (101 )     (78 )     (1,379 )     (1,361 )     (2,740 )
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    1,319       (127 )     1,192       (251 )     70       (181 )
 
Mortgage indebtedness
                            (14 )           (14 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
    5,532       (31,765 )     (26,233 )     6,757       (14,760 )     (8,003 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Changes in net interest income
  $ 11,820     $ (776 )   $ 11,044     $ 13,116     $ (9,998 )   $ 3,118  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Changes in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to changes due to volume and changes due to rate.
 
(2)  The amount of interest earned on certain securities of states and political subdivisions and other securities held have been adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis, using effective federal income tax rate of 35%.
 
(3)  Amounts are net of allowance for loan losses of $24,543,000 in 2002, $23,973,000 in 2001, and $21,967,000 in 2000, and net of unamortized deferred loan fees of $4,606,000 in 2002, $3,900,000 in 2001, and $4,139,000 in 2000.

30


 

      The following table sets forth information concerning average interest-earning assets, average interest-bearing liabilities, and the yields and rates paid on those assets and liabilities. Average outstanding amounts included in the table are daily averages.

Interest-Earning Assets and Interest-Bearing Liabilities

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earnings Assets
                       
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under
Agreements to Resell
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 48,966     $ 32,397     $ 11,053  
Average yield
    1.66 %     4.06 %     6.21 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 813     $ 1,316     $ 686  
     
     
     
 
Securities Available-for-Sale, Taxable
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 250,197     $ 196,934     $ 197,004  
Average yield
    5.54 %     6.46 %     6.71 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 13,867     $ 12,717     $ 13,216  
     
     
     
 
Securities Available-for-Sale, Nontaxable
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 226     $ 693     $ 510  
Average yield(2)
    7.96 %     7.65 %     8.24 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 18     $ 53     $ 42  
     
     
     
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity, Taxable
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 299,398     $ 324,760     $ 330,841  
Average yield
    5.75 %     6.21 %     6.20 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 17,215     $ 20,167     $ 20,504  
     
     
     
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity, Nontaxable
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 69,529     $ 69,096     $ 69,478  
Average yield(2)
    7.54 %     7.40 %     7.41 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 5,243     $ 5,113     $ 5,149  
     
     
     
 
Agency Preferred Stock
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 24,923     $ 19,722     $ 3,398  
Average yield(2)
    5.35 %     7.05 %     9.24 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 1,333     $ 1,390     $ 314  
     
     
     
 
Deposits with Other Banks
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 894     $ 3,264     $ 1,124  
Average yield
    3.58 %     1.72 %     3.56 %
Amount of interest earned
  $ 32     $ 56     $ 40  
     
     
     
 
Loans(1)
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 1,724,796     $ 1,519,548     $ 1,313,177  
Average yield(5)
    6.24 %     7.94 %     9.62 %
Amount of interest earned(5)
  $ 107,693     $ 120,591     $ 126,337  
     
     
     
 

31


 

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(Dollars in thousands)
Total Interest-Earning Assets
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 2,418,929     $ 2,166,414     $ 1,926,585  
Average yield(5)
    6.04 %     7.45 %     8.63 %
Amount of interest earned(5)
  $ 146,214     $ 161,403     $ 166,288  
     
     
     
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
                       
Savings Deposits(3)
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 565,289     $ 496,942     $ 463,695  
Average rate paid
    0.59 %     1.12 %     1.67 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued
  $ 3,330     $ 5,585     $ 7,761  
     
     
     
 
Time Deposits
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 1,372,854     $ 1,286,973     $ 1,117,350  
Average rate paid
    2.43 %     4.53 %     5.39 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued
  $ 33,409     $ 58,279     $ 60,184  
     
     
     
 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 27,173     $ 32,342     $ 39,831  
Average rate paid
    3.33 %     3.49 %     5.31 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued
  $ 906     $ 1,128     $ 2,115  
     
     
     
 
Other Borrowed Funds
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 3,680     $ 3,075     $ 44,297  
Average rate paid
    1.58 %     4.42 %     6.49 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued
  $ 58     $ 136     $ 2,876  
     
     
     
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 48,356     $ 19,863     $ 24,809  
Average rate paid
    4.58 %     5.16 %     4.86 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued
  $ 2,217     $ 1,025     $ 1,206  
     
     
     
 
Mortgage Indebtedness
                       
Average outstanding
  $     $     $ 160  
Average rate paid(6)
    %     %     8.75 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued(6)
  $     $     $ 14  
     
     
     
 
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 2,017,352     $ 1,839,195     $ 1,690,142  
Average rate paid
    1.98 %     3.60 %     4.39 %
Amount of interest paid or accrued
  $ 39,920     $ 66,153     $ 74,156  
     
     
     
 
Non-Interest-Bearing Demand Deposits
                       
Average outstanding
  $ 274,614     $ 229,592     $ 211,975  
Total deposits and borrowed funds
  $ 2,291,966     $ 2,068,787     $ 1,902,117  
Average rate paid on deposits and borrowed funds
    1.74 %     3.20 %     3.90 %
     
     
     
 

32


 

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(Dollars in thousands)
Net Interest Income(7)
  $ 106,294     $ 95,250     $ 92,132  
Interest rate spread(7)
    4.30 %     4.25 %     4.73 %
Net interest margin on interest-earning assets(4)(7)
    4.39 %     4.40 %     4.78 %
     
     
     
 


(1)  Non-accrual loans are included in the average balance.
 
(2)  The average yield has been adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis for certain securities of states and political subdivisions and other securities held using an effective Federal income tax rate of 35%.
 
(3)  Savings deposits include NOW accounts and money market accounts.
 
(4)  Calculated by dividing net interest income by average outstanding interest-earning assets.
 
(5)  Yields and amounts of interest earned include loan fees.
 
(6)  Yield and amount of interest paid or accrued include interest paid on senior debts of other real estate owned, either to bring the loans current or to pay off the loans when the Company obtained title to the properties and thereafter.
 
(7)  Net interest income, interest rate spread and net interest margin on interest-earning assets have been adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis using an effective Federal income tax rate of 35%.

      The following table highlights the change in the composition of interest-earning asset mix as of December 31, 2002, and 2001:

Interest-Earning Asset Mix

                                                 
As of December 31, 2002 As of December 31, 2001


Amount Percentage
Percentage of Percentage of Changed Changed
Total Interest- Total Interest- From From
Amount Earning Assets Amount Earning Assets 2001 to 2002 2001 to 2002






(Dollars in thousands)
Types of Interest-Earning Assets
                                               
Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under agreements to resell
  $ 19,000       0.74 %   $ 13,000       0.57 %   $ 6,000       46.15 %
Securities available-for-sale
    248,273       9.64       248,958       10.93       (685 )     (0.28 )
Securities held-to-maturity
    459,452       17.84       374,356       16.44       85,096       22.73  
Deposits with other banks
    370       0.01       1,399       0.06       (1,029 )     (73.55 )
Loans (net of allowance for loans losses and unamortized deferred loan fees)
    1,848,078       71.77       1,640,032       72.00       208,046       12.69  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 2,575,173       100.00 %   $ 2,277,745       100.00 %   $ 297,428       13.06 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

Year 2002 compared to Year 2001

 
Provision for Loan Losses

      The provision for loan losses represents the charge against current earnings that is determined by management, through a credit review process, as the amount needed to maintain an allowance that management believes is sufficient to absorb loan losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses was $6.00 million in 2002 compared with $6.37 million in 2001. For the year 2002, net charge-offs equaled $5.43 million or 0.31% of average net loans, primarily as a result of one credit totaling $3.62 million, which filed for Chapter 7 protection and was charged-off during the second quarter of 2002. The comparable numbers for the year 2001 were net charge-offs of $4.37 million or 0.29% of average net loans,

33


 

principally to recognize deterioration in two credits that were partially charged-off in the 4th quarter 2001. Also, see “Allowance for Loan Losses” in this 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Non-interest Income

      Securities gains and losses, depository service fees, letters of credit commissions, gains and losses on loan sales, and a wide range of fee-based services provided non-interest income. These fee-based services include among other things wire transfer fees, safe deposit fees, fees on loan related activities, fee income from our Global Investment Services unit, and foreign exchange fees. Non-interest income from all of these activities totaled $16.17 million in 2002 compared with $14.78 million in 2001. The increase of $1.39 million or 9.42% from 2001 to 2002, was primarily due to the following items:

  •  an increase of $658,000 in depository service fee income, an increase of 12.91%, to $5.76 million compared with $5.10 million in 2001. The increase in depository service fees during 2002 was predominantly due to an increase in service charges on deposit accounts, and an increase in investment services fee income from our Global Investment Services unit;
 
  •  an increase of $1.17 million in other operating income, which includes primarily loan fees, wire transfer fees, safe deposit fees, foreign exchange fees and gain on sale of loans, and which totaled $6.54 million in 2002, compared with $5.37 million in 2001. The increase in other operating income was primarily due to increases in commercial and commercial real estate loan fees, gain on sale of SBA and residential mortgage loans, an increase in wire transfer service fees, and an increase in service fee income from the rental of our safe deposit boxes;
 
  •  a decrease of $231,000 in securities gains. During the third quarter of 2002, due to our increasing loan demand, and also to take advantage of the lower interest rate environment, we sold investment securities with a carrying value of $20.14 million resulting in gains on sale totaling $1.89 million. In addition, during 2002, investment securities calls and write-downs on venture capital investments resulted in a net gain of $32,000, bringing the total of securities gains to $1.93 million for 2002. The comparable numbers for 2001 were sales of investment securities totaling $21.12 million, resulting in gains of $1.06 million, a gain of $851,000 on a forward rate agreement (“FRA”), and securities calls and write-downs on venture capital investments resulting in a net gain of $251,000, for a total of $2.16 million in securities gains during 2001; and
 
  •  letters of credit commissions decreased by $205,000 or 9.53%, to $1.95 million in 2002, likely as a result of a continuing uncertainty over the outlook for the U.S. economy from the point of view of some of our importing customers.

 
Non-interest Expense

      Non-interest expense totaled $43.32 million in 2002, compared with $40.17 million in 2001. The increase of $3.15 million or 7.85% in non-interest expense in 2002 was primarily a combination of the following:

  •  an increase of $2.03 million in salaries and employee benefits. Annual salary adjustments, increases in year-end bonuses, and additional employees and salary expense to accommodate our new branches in Union City — California, which opened for business on October 2001, Brooklyn — New York, which opened for business in June 2002, Sacramento — California, which opened for business in September 2002, and our new representative office in Shanghai — China, which opened for business in April 2002, drove the increase of $2.03 million in salaries and employee benefits in 2002;
 
  •  an increase of $605,000 in occupancy expense and computer and equipment expense, as a result of our three new branches and our representative office in Shanghai, China;
 
  •  a decrease of $44,000 in marketing expenses, primarily due to a $250,000 donation towards the establishment of the 911 Healing Hands non-profit organization in 2001;

34


 

  •  a decrease of $1.36 million in professional services. During 2001, professional services fees in connection with litigation, the formation of the registered investment company of the Bank, and other corporate matters drove the increase of $1.36 million to $5.40 million for 2001 compared with $4.04 million in 2002; and
 
  •  a decrease of $3.24 million in real estate operations. During the fourth quarter of 2001, non-interest expenses were lowered by a $3.2 million gain on the sale of one other real estate owned commercial property.

      Despite the $3.15 million increase in non-interest expense during 2002, the efficiency ratio, defined as non-interest expense divided by net interest income before provision for loan losses plus non-interest income, decreased to 36.00% in 2002 compared with 37.20% in 2001. The decrease in the efficiency ratio for 2002 was primarily the result of the increase in our net interest income before provision for loan losses, coupled with the increase in non-interest income.

 
Income Tax Expense

      The provision for income taxes was $22.30 million or an effective income tax rate of 31.40% for 2002 compared with $18.82 million or an effective income tax rate of 30.63% in 2001, and compared with $21.86 million or an effective income tax rate of 36.17% in 2000. The effective income tax rate during 2002 and 2001 reflected the income tax benefits of a registered investment company subsidiary of the Bank, which provided flexibility to raise additional capital in a tax efficient manner, and additional tax credits earned from qualified low income housing investments. See discussion below in the section entitled “Factors That May Affect Future Results” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Year 2001 compared to Year 2000

 
Provision for Loan Losses

      The provision for loan losses was $6.37 million in 2001 compared with $4.20 million in 2000. The increase of $2.17 million in 2001 compared with 2000 was primarily due two credits that were partially charged-off in the fourth quarter of 2001. Net charge-offs for 2001 were $4.37 million or 0.29% of average net loans compared with charge-offs of $1.74 million or 0.13% of average net loans during 2000.

 
Non-interest Income

      The increase of $2.02 million or 15.86% from 2000 to 2001, was primarily due to the following items:

  •  An increase of $539,000 in depository service fee income, up 11.83%, to $5.10 million in 2001 compared with $4.56 million in 2000;
 
  •  An increase of $1.07 million in securities gains. The increase was the result of a gain of $1.06 million on investment securities sold during the third quarter 2001. These securities were sold during the third quarter of 2001 and were either callable or scheduled to mature within the 21 months following the end of the third quarter of 2001. In addition, we had a gain of $851,000 on a forward rate agreement (“FRA”). The FRA settled on March 5, 2001;
 
  •  Letters of credit commissions decreased by $287,000 or 11.77%, to $2.15 million in 2001, as a result of a slowdown of overseas purchases from some of our importing customers; and
 
  •  Other operating income, which includes primarily loan fees, wire transfer fees, safe deposit fees, and foreign exchange fees were $5.37 million, up $699,000, compared with $4.67 million in 2000.

35


 

 
Non-interest Expense

      Non-interest expense totaled $40.17 million in 2001, compared with $38.50 million in 2000. The increase of $1.66 million or 4.31% in non-interest expense in 2001, was primarily a combination of the following:

  •  an increase of $954,000 in salaries and employee benefits, primarily due to annual salary adjustments for the Bank’s employees;
 
  •  an increase of $277,000 in marketing expenses, primarily due to a $250,000 donation towards the establishment of the 911 Healing Hands non-profit organization and fund to help with relief efforts in response to the terrible events of September 11, 2001;
 
  •  an increase of $1.77 million in professional services, primarily due to legal fees in connection with litigation, and corporate matters;
 
  •  an increase of $1.57 million in investments in real estate, primarily due to operational losses from low income housing investments that qualify for investment tax credits; and
 
  •  a decrease of $3.40 million in real estate operations, primarily due to a $3.38 million gain on the sale of other real estate owned.

      The efficiency ratio, defined as non-interest expense divided by net interest income before provision for loan losses plus non-interest income, improved to 37.20% in 2001 compared with 37.33% in 2000. The improvement in our efficiency ratio for 2001 was primarily the result of the increase in our net interest income before provision for loan losses, coupled with the increase in non-interest income.

 
Income Tax Expense

      The effective tax rate in 2001 was 30.63% compared with 36.17% in 2000. The decline in the effective tax rate in 2001 was the result of a registered investment company subsidiary of the Bank, which provided flexibility to raise additional capital in a tax efficient manner, and additional tax credits earned from qualified low income housing investments. See discussion below in the section entitled “Factors That May Affect Future Results” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Review of Financial Condition

      Total assets increased $300.88 million or 12.27% to $2.75 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with total assets of $2.45 billion at December 31, 2001. The major changes in the Consolidated Statements of Condition during 2002 are listed below:

  •  Total net loans grew $208.05 million or 12.69% to $1.85 billion, based on strong net growth in commercial mortgage loans and commercial loans.
 
  •  Total securities increased $84.41 million or 13.54% to $707.73 million.
 
  •  Total deposits increased by $192.30 million or 9.06% to $2.31 billion. The majority of the growth in deposits or 66.65% was achieved from a strong growth in lower-cost core deposits.
 
  •  Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings and securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased 50.63% to $78.50 million.
 
  •  Other liabilities increased by $42.4 million primarily as a result of the purchase of $33.55 million of securities in December 2002, which did not settle until January 2003.
 
  •  Stockholders’ equity rose 17.05% to $287.96 million.

36


 

     Securities

      Under our investment policy, we classify the Company’s investment securities portfolio as follows:

  •  Those securities for which we have the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity, are classified as securities held-to-maturity, and carried at amortized cost.
 
  •  Those securities which could be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, the need to increase regulatory capital, general liquidity needs, or other similar factors are classified as securities available-for-sale, and carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains or losses, net of deferred taxes, reflected in stockholders’ equity.
 
  •  Securities held-to-maturity are transferred to the available-for-sale category when those securities are within 90 days to maturity, to further enhance the Company’s liquidity.

      Securities available-for-sale represented 11.38% of average interest-earning assets for 2002 compared with 10.03% for 2001. The fair value of securities available-for-sale (“AFS”) at December 31, 2002, was $248.27 million compared with $248.96 million at December 31, 2001. The portfolio is comprised primarily of U.S. government agency securities, corporate bonds, agency preferred equity securities, and venture capital investments. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value and had a net unrealized gain of $9.53 million at December 31, 2002, compared with $7.17 million at December 31, 2001. The increase in unrealized holding gains from year-end 2001 resulted from the flattening of the yield curve during 2002, as a result of the decreasing interest rate environment, uncertainties regarding general economic conditions, and war and terrorism. These unrealized gains do not impact net income and are recorded as adjustments to stockholders’ equity, net of related deferred income taxes. Also, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

      During 2002, the Bank sold AFS securities with a net book value of $20.14 million. These AFS securities sales resulted in gains of $1.89 million, exclusive of gains on calls of securities of $359,000 and $341,000 in write-downs on AFS venture capital investments. The gain on sale from AFS securities was related to the sale of U.S. government agency notes and corporate bonds.

      The Company’s AFS venture capital investments include investments in private equity funds, and at December 31, 2002, had a fair value of $4.06 million. During 2002, $341,000 in write-downs were recorded compared to write-downs of $65,000 in 2001. These write-downs were necessitated by the continued weakness in the economy and capital markets. Management’s assessment of the fair value of AFS venture capital investments is based on several factors including: available information about the funds, the general partners’ fair value assessments, current economic conditions, available market comparables, effectiveness of the funds’ management teams, and other factors. Accordingly, the fair value estimates could differ significantly among parties using different assumptions or judgments, and may not necessarily represent amounts that will ultimately be realized.

      Securities held-to-maturity (“HTM”) represented 15.25% of average interest-earning assets for 2002 compared with 18.18% for 2001. HTM securities at December 31, 2002 increased by $85.10 million to $459.45 million compared with $374.36 million at December 31, 2001. The increase in HTM securities during 2002 was primarily the result of purchases of collateralized mortgage obligations during the fourth quarter of 2002, of which $33.55 million settled in January 2003. The portfolio is comprised primarily of U.S. agencies mortgage-backed-securities, corporate bonds, state and municipal securities, U.S. government agency securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations. HTM securities are carried at cost, and at December 31, 2002, had a fair value of $477.78 million.

      The average taxable-equivalent yield on our total investment securities dropped 60 basis points to 5.85% in 2002, compared with 6.45% in 2001 as some matured or call securities were replaced at lower prevailing interest rates.

37


 

      The following table summarizes the carrying value of our portfolio of securities for each of the past three years:

                             
As of December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Securities Available-for-Sale:
                       
 
U.S. government agencies
  $ 170,183     $ 118,324     $ 78,317  
 
State and municipal securities
    100             1,277  
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    6,147       8,543       13,207  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    847       2,705       5,804  
 
Asset-backed securities
    10,510       10,395       10,370  
 
Money market fund
          20,000        
 
Corporate bonds
    33,069       60,334       60,370  
 
Equity stock
    27,417       28,657       8,451  
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 248,273     $ 248,958     $ 177,796  
     
     
     
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity
                       
 
U.S. government agencies
  $ 49,996     $ 50,017     $ 64,689  
 
State and municipal securities
    72,770       69,906       68,820  
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    66,135       110,342       135,494  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    168,055       50,282       48,694  
 
Asset-backed securities
    9,999       920       13,156  
 
Corporate bonds
    72,611       73,031       56,347  
 
Other securities
    19,886       19,858        
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 459,452     $ 374,356     $ 387,200  
     
     
     
 

38


 

      The scheduled maturities and taxable-equivalent yields by security type are presented in the following tables:

Securities Available-for-Sale Portfolio Maturity Distribution and Yield Analysis:

                                             
As of December 31, 2002

After One After Five
One Year Year to Years to Over Ten
or Less Five Years Ten Years Years Total





(Dollars in thousands)
Maturity Distribution:
                                       
 
U.S. government agencies
  $     $ 150,154     $ 20,029     $     $ 170,183  
 
State and municipal securities
    100                         100  
 
Mortgage-backed securities(1)
          90       1,033       5,024       6,147  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations(1)
          847                   847  
 
Asset-backed securities(1)
          10,510                   10,510  
 
Corporate bonds
    10,201       17,027       5,841             33,069  
 
Equity securities
    27,417                         27,417  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 37,718     $ 178,628     $ 26,903     $ 5,024     $ 248,273  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted-Average Yield:
                                       
 
U.S. government agencies
    %     4.90 %     4.01 %     %     4.79 %
 
State and municipal securities
    7.60                         7.60  
 
Mortgage-backed securities(1)
          5.69       6.56       7.12       7.00  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations(1)
          5.86                   5.86  
 
Asset-backed securities(1)
          5.69                   5.69  
 
Corporate bonds
    7.85       5.48       7.61             6.60  
 
Equity securities(2)
    3.88                         3.88  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    5.03 %     5.01 %     4.80 %     7.12 %     5.03 %
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Securities reflect stated maturities and not anticipated prepayments.
 
(2)  Average yield has been adjusted to a fully-taxable equivalent basis.

39


 

Securities Held-to-Maturity Portfolio Maturity Distribution and Yield Analysis

                                             
As of December 31, 2002

After One After Five
One Year Year to Years to Over Ten
or Less Five Years Ten Years Years Total





(Dollars in thousands)
Maturity Distribution:
                                       
 
U.S. government agencies
  $     $ 49,996     $     $     $ 49,996  
 
State and municipal securities(2)
    725       11,998       25,073       34,974       72,770  
 
Mortgage-backed securities(1)
          5,782       39,023       21,330       66,135  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations(1)
          2,243       48,508       117,304       168,055  
 
Asset-backed securities(1)
          9,999                   9,999  
 
Corporate bonds
    18,987       32,638       20,986             72,611  
 
Other securities
          9,986       9,900             19,886  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 19,712     $ 122,642     $ 143,490     $ 173,608     $ 459,452  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted-Average Yield:
                                       
 
U.S. government agencies
    %     5.47 %     %     %     5.47 %
 
State and municipal securities(2)
    11.37       8.30       7.54       7.00       7.46  
 
Mortgage-backed securities(1)
          4.89       6.03       7.10       6.25  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations(1)
          7.31       4.94       4.19       4.45  
 
Asset-backed securities(1)
          4.27                   4.27  
 
Corporate bonds
    5.82       5.94       6.70             6.13  
 
Other securities
          4.86       5.70             5.28  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    6.03 %     5.73 %     6.00 %     5.10 %     5.59 %
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Securities reflect stated maturities and not anticipated prepayments.
 
(2)  Average yield has been adjusted to a fully-taxable equivalent basis.

     Loans

      Loans, net of deferred loan fees, represented 72.27% of average interest-earning assets during 2002 compared with 71.22% during 2001. Gross loans, exclusive of deferred loan fees, increased by $209.32 million, an increase of 12.55%, to $1.88 billion at year-end 2002 compared with $1.67 billion at year-end 2001. The growth was primarily attributable to the following:

  •  Commercial mortgage loans are typically secured by first deeds of trust on commercial properties, including primarily commercial retail properties, shopping centers and owner-occupied industrial facilities, and secondarily office buildings, multiple-unit apartments, and multi-tenanted industrial properties. In addition, the Bank provides medium-term commercial real estate loans secured by commercial or industrial buildings where the owner either uses the property for business purposes or derives income from tenants. Commercial mortgage loans increased $205.01 million or 27.77% to $943.39 million at year-end 2002, compared to $738.38 million at year-end 2001. Total commercial mortgage loans accounted for 50.25% of gross loans at year-end 2002 compared to 44.27% at year-end 2001.
 
  •  Commercial loans consist primarily of short-term loans (normally with a maturity of up to one year) to support general business purposes, or to provide working capital to businesses in the form of lines of credit to finance trade-finance loans, and SBA loans. Commercial loans were up $57.55 million or 11.37% to $563.68 million at December 31, 2002, compared to $506.13 at December 31, 2001. The Company is continuing to focus primarily on commercial lending to small-to-medium size businesses,

40


 

  within the Company’s geographic market area. The third quarter of 2002 brought an additional challenge, as an unresolved labor dispute forced all of the Pacific Coast ports to close for approximately one week. This disruption to international trade did not have a material impact to the Bank’s trade-finance loan portfolio. The portfolio of SBA loans at December 31, 2002, equaled $19.37 million compared with $17.56 million at December 31, 2001. During 2002, the Bank sold $7.75 million of SBA loans, resulting in a gain on sale of loans of $411,000.
 
  •  Real estate construction loans decreased $43.64 million or 26.23% to $122.77 million at year-end 2002 compared to $166.42 million at year-end 2001. Our construction loan projects are located primarily in California, Texas, Nevada, and New York. Due to the recessionary economy, projects requiring construction financing declined during 2002.
 
  •  Residential mortgage loans decreased by $4.54 million or 1.93% to $231.37 million at year-end 2002, compared to $235.91 million at year-end 2001. Included with our residential mortgage loans are our home equity line of credit loans. At December 31, 2002, the portfolio of home equity lines of credit was $48.96 million, an increase of 21.32%, from $40.35 million at year-end 2001. The portfolio of residential mortgage loans, excluding the home equity line of credit loan portfolio, decreased by $13.15 million to $182.41 million at year-end 2002. New loan originations and refinances total $79.19 million in 2002, which was partially offset by loan sales in 2002 totaling $7.05 million, and payments and payoffs during the year totaling $85.29 million. Residential mortgage loans sold in 2002, excluding home equity lines of credit, totaled $7.05 million, and resulted in a gain on sale of loans of $22,400.
 
  •  Installment loans decreased $4.75 million, down 23.38% to $15.57 million at December 31, 2002, compared to $20.32 million at December 31, 2001. These consumer-oriented loans are funded primarily for the purpose of financing the purchase of automobiles and other personal use of the borrower.

      The classification of loans by type as of December 31 for each of the past five years, as well as the changes in loan portfolio composition for the past two years and the contractual maturity of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2002 are presented below:

Loan Type and Mix

                                         
Amount Outstanding as of December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(In thousands)
Type of Loans:
                                       
Commercial loans
  $ 563,675     $ 506,128     $ 442,181     $ 395,138     $ 370,539  
Residential mortgage loans
    231,371       235,914       220,720       207,725       184,158  
Commercial mortgage loans
    943,391       738,379       630,662       577,384       356,608  
Real estate construction loans
    122,773       166,417       142,048       62,516       40,738  
Installment loans
    15,570       20,322       27,329       25,498       29,165  
Other loans
    447       745       473       419       269  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross loans
    1,877,227       1,667,905       1,463,413       1,268,680       981,477  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Less:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses
    (24,543 )     (23,973 )     (21,967 )     (19,502 )     (15,970 )
Unamortized deferred loan fees
    (4,606 )     (3,900 )     (4,139 )     (3,593 )     (3,631 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net loans
  $ 1,848,078     $ 1,640,032     $ 1,437,307     $ 1,245,585     $ 961,876  
     
     
     
     
     
 

41


 

Changes in Loan Portfolio Composition

                                         
As of December 31, 2002 As of December 31, 2001


Percentage Percentage Percentage
of Total of Total Increase
Amount Loans Amount Loans (Decrease)





(Dollars in thousands)
Type of Loans:
                                       
Commercial loans
  $ 563,675       30.50 %   $ 506,128       30.86 %     11.37 %
Residential mortgage loans
    231,371       12.52       235,914       14.38       (1.93 )
Commercial mortgage loans
    943,391       51.05       738,379       45.02       27.77  
Real estate construction loans
    122,773       6.64       166,417       10.15       (26.23 )
Installment loans
    15,570       0.84       20,322       1.24       (23.38 )
Other loans
    447       0.02       745       0.05       (40.00 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (24,543 )     (1.32 )     (23,973 )     (1.46 )     2.38  
Unamortized deferred loan fees
    (4,606 )     (0.25 )     (3,900 )     (0.24 )     18.10  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net loans
  $ 1,848,078       100.00 %   $ 1,640,032       100.00 %     12.69 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

Contractual Maturity of Loan Portfolio(1),(2)

                                 
Within One Year One to Five Years Over Five Years Total




(In thousands)
Commercial Loans
                               
Floating rate
  $ 338,783     $ 66,923     $ 40,291     $ 445,997  
Fixed rate
    104,173       5,675       7,346       117,194  
Residential Mortgage Loans
                               
Floating rate
    114       1,104       56,085       57,303  
Fixed rate
    28       6,546       166,938       173,512  
Commercial Mortgage Loans
                               
Floating rate
    69,089       231,855       424,196       725,140  
Fixed rate
    7,594       63,416       144,293       215,303  
Real Estate Construction Loans
                               
Floating rate
    101,354       11,017             112,371  
Fixed rate
    9,784                   9,784  
Installment Loans
                               
Floating rate
                       
Fixed rate
    7,614       7,956             15,570  

42


 

                                   
Within One Year One to Five Years Over Five Years Total




(In thousands)
Other Loans
                               
Floating rate
                       
Fixed rate
    446             1       447  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total loans
  $ 638,979     $ 394,492     $ 839,150     $ 1,872,621  
     
     
     
     
 
Floating rate
  $ 509,340     $ 310,899     $ 520,572     $ 1,340,811  
Fixed rate
    129,639       83,593       318,578       531,810  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total loans
  $ 638,979     $ 394,492     $ 839,150     $ 1,872,621  
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance for loan losses
                            (24,543 )
                             
 
 
Net loans
                          $ 1,848,078  
                             
 


(1)  In the normal course of business, loans are renewed, extended, or prepaid from time to time; therefore, the above should not be viewed as an indication of future cash flows.
 
(2)  Loans are net of unamortized deferred loan fees.

 
      Other Real Estate Owned

      Other Real Estate Owned, net of a valuation allowance of $131,000, decreased to $653,000 at December 31, 2002, compared with $1.56 million at year-end 2001.

      As of December 31, 2002, there were two outstanding owned properties, which included one parcel of land, and one commercial building. Both properties are located in California. During 2002, we acquired two single-family residential (“SFR”) properties, and sold five SFR properties, two of which were the two properties acquired in 2002. The carrying value of the five properties sold was approximately $1.31 million, and the sales resulted in gains on sale of $395,000.

      To reduce the carrying value of other real estate owned to the estimated fair value of the properties, we maintain a valuation allowance for owned properties. We perform periodic evaluations on each property and make corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance, if necessary. Any decline in value is recognized by a corresponding increase to the valuation allowance, which is included in other real estate owned expense, in the current period. Management did not make any additional provision for losses in 2002.

      We recognized net operating income of $349,000 from operating owned properties in 2002 compared to net operating income of $3.59 million in 2001, and net operating income of $185,000 in 2000. Operating income declined from $348,000 in 2001 to $166,000 in 2002.

      Although the California real estate market continued to show strength in 2002, the future performance of the market is unpredictable. See “Factors That May Affect Future Results” below for a discussion of some of the factors that may affect the matters discussed in this Section.

      The following table shows the components of other real estate owned expense (income) for the years ended:

Other Real Estate Owned Expense (Income) by Type

                           
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Net operating expense (income)
  $ 46     $ (213 )   $ 7  
Provision for losses
                71  
Net gains on disposal
    (395 )     (3,376 )     (263 )
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ (349 )   $ (3,589 )   $ (185 )
     
     
     
 

43


 

 
Investments in Real Estate

      As of December 31, 2002, our investments in real estate were comprised of seven limited partnerships, three of which were acquired in 2002. We acquired an interest in the Lend Lease ITC XXIII in March 2002 for $4.87 million, an interest in the WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X New York — Series 3 in August 2002 with an initial commitment of $577,000, and an interest in the WNC Institutional Tax Credit California Fund X — Series 2, with an initial contribution of $415,000 in September 2002, and an additional contribution of $122,000 in October 2002. The limited partnerships are formed for the purpose of investing in low income housing projects, which qualify for federal and/or state low income housing tax credits.

      As of December 31, 2002, investments in real estate increased $3.95 million to $21.68 million from $17.73 million at year-end 2001. During 2002, we recognized $2.04 million in net operating losses from the limited partnerships, compared to $2.26 million in net operating losses in 2001.

      The following table summarizes the composition of our investments in real estate as of the dates indicated:

                                 
Carrying Amount

Percentage of Acquisition December 31, December 31,
Ownership Date 2002 2001




(Dollars in thousands)
Las Brisas
    49.5 %     December 1993     $     $  
Los Robles
    99.0 %     August 1995       386       386  
California Corporate Tax Credit Fund III
    32.5 %     March 1999       11,128       12,426  
Wilshire Courtyard
    99.9 %     May 1999       4,568       4,915  
Lend Lease ITC XXIII
    4.5 %     March 2002       4,546        
WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X New York — Series 3
    4.2 %     August 2002       529        
WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X California — Series 2
    6.0 %     September 2002       521        
                     
     
 
                    $ 21,678     $ 17,727  
                     
     
 
 
      Deposits

      The Bank uses primarily customer deposits to fund its operations, and to a lesser extent borrowings in the form of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank deposits are generally obtained from residents within the Bank’s geographic market area. The Bank utilizes traditional marketing methods to attract new customers and deposits, by offering a wide variety of products and services and utilizing various forms of advertising media. Although the Bank’s vast majority of the Bank’s deposits are retail in nature, the Bank does engage in certain wholesale activities, primarily accepting time deposits from political subdivisions and public agencies. The Bank considers wholesale deposits to be an alternative borrowing source rather than a customer relationship, and as such, their levels are determined by management’s decisions as to the most economic funding sources. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had no brokered-deposits, and public deposits totaled $90.31 million or 3.90% of total deposits.

  •  The Bank’s total deposits increased $192.30 million or 9.06% from $2.12 billion at year-end 2001 to $2.31 billion at December 31, 2002.
 
  •  Core deposits increased $128.16 million or 10.68%. The increase in core deposits, defined as total deposits less time deposits of $100,000 or more, was attributable to increases of $42.40 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits, up 16.28%, to $302.83 million at year-end 2002 compared with $260.43 million at year-end 2001, NOW accounts and money market accounts, which increased by 13.66% or $37.21 million to $309.67 million at December 31, 2002, compared with $272.46 million at year-end 2001, savings accounts, which increased by $37.90 million to $290.23 million compared with

44


 

  $252.32 million at year-end 2001, and time deposits under $100,000, which increased by 2.57% or $10.65 million to $425.14 million compared with $414.49 million at year-end 2001.
 
  •  Time deposits of $100,000 or more (“Jumbo CDs”) increased $64.13 million or 6.95% to $986.79 million in 2002 compared with $922.65 million in 2001.

      The following table displays the deposit mix for the past three years:

Deposit Mix

                                                   
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage






(Dollars in thousands)
Demand
  $ 302,828       13.08 %   $ 260,427       12.27 %   $ 221,805       11.82 %
NOW accounts
    148,085       6.40       135,650       6.39       125,647       6.70  
Money market accounts
    161,580       6.98       136,806       6.45       119,805       6.38  
Savings deposits
    290,226       12.54       252,322       11.89       231,761       12.35  
Time deposits under $100
    425,138       18.37       414,490       19.53       379,809       20.24  
Time deposits of $100 or more
    986,786       42.63       922,653       43.47       797,620       42.51  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,314,643       100.00 %   $ 2,122,348       100.00 %   $ 1,876,447       100.00 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Average total deposits grew $199.20 million or 9.89% to $2.21 billion during 2002 compared with average total deposits of $2.01 billion in 2001.

  •  Average core deposits increased $128.49 million or 11.31%.
 
  •  Average Jumbo CDs increased $70.76 million or 8.07%.

      The following table displays average deposits and rates for the past five years:

Average Deposits and Rates

                                                                                   
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount %










(Dollars in thousands)
Demand
  $ 274,568       %   $ 229,592       %   $ 211,975       %   $ 169,013       %   $ 166,657       %
NOW accounts
    139,589       0.30       128,973       0.75       122,851       1.20       117,374       1.22       111,900       1.42  
Money market accounts
    154,414       0.99       129,629       1.74       112,817       2.32       99,628       1.59       99,833       2.11  
Savings deposits
    271,286       0.51       238,340       0.99       228,027       1.61       207,498       1.54       205,372       2.10  
Time deposits
    1,372,854       2.43       1,286,973       4.53       1,117,350       5.39       1,001,878       4.69       900,441       5.11  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,212,711       1.66 %   $ 2,013,507       3.17 %   $ 1,793,020       3.79 %   $ 1,595,391       3.33 %   $ 1,484,203       3.58 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      As interest rate spreads broadened between Jumbo CDs and other types of interest-bearing deposits under the prevailing interest rate environment, our Jumbo CD portfolio maintained faster growth than other types of deposits. Nevertheless, management considers our Jumbo CDs generally less volatile primarily due to the following reasons:

  •  approximately 68.48% of the Bank’s Jumbo CDs have stayed with the Bank for more than two years;
 
  •  the Jumbo CD portfolio continued to be diversified with 4,684 individual accounts averaging approximately $192,000 per account owned by 3,266 individual depositors as of January 14, 2003; and

45


 

  •  this phenomenon of having a relatively higher percentage of Jumbo CDs to total deposits exists in most of the Asian American banks in our California market due to the fact that the customers in this market tend to have a higher savings rate.

      Management continues to monitor the Jumbo CD portfolio to identify any changes in the deposit behavior in the market and of the patrons the Bank is servicing. To discourage the concentration in Jumbo CDs, management has continued to make efforts in the following areas:

  •  to offer only retail interest rates on Jumbo CDs;
 
  •  to offer new transaction-based products, such as the tiered money market deposits;
 
  •  to promote transaction-based products from time to time, such as demand deposits; and
 
  •  to seek to diversify the customer base by branch expansion and/or acquisition as opportunities arise.

      Almost 87.94% of our Jumbo CDs mature within one year as of year-end 2002. The following tables display time deposits of $100,000 or more by maturity and time deposits with remaining term of more than one year at December 31, 2002:

Time Deposits of $100,000 or More by Maturity

           
At December 31,
2002

(In thousands)
Less than three months
  $ 393,032  
Three to six months
    270,500  
Six to twelve months
    204,249  
Over one year
    119,005  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 986,786  
     
 

Maturities of Time Deposits with a Remaining Term

of More Than One Year for Each
of the Five Years Following December 31, 2002
         
(In thousands)

2003
  $ 146,464  
2004
    78,779  
2005
    616  
2006
    402  
2007
    82  
 
      Borrowings

      Borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“reverse repurchase agreements”), federal funds purchased, and funds obtained as advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of San Francisco.

      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2002, equaled $28.50 million, an increase of $6.39 million or 28.88% from $22.11 million at December 31, 2001. The weighted-average interest rate during 2002 was 3.08% compared to 3.51% during 2001. The underlying collateral pledged for the repurchase agreement consists of a U.S. government agency security with a carrying value of $29,972,000, and a fair value of $31,172,000 as of December 31, 2002, which is held by a custodian, and maintained under the Company’s control. The $28.50 million balance at year-end was comprised of a reverse repurchase agreement

46


 

obtained in January 2002, which is long-term, and will mature in January 2004. The table below provides comparative data for securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
                         
December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Average amount outstanding during the year(1)
  $ 30,784     $ 34,799     $ 70,701  
Maximum amount outstanding at month-end(2)
    48,150       55,412       110,145  
Balances, December 31
    28,500       22,114       68,173  
Rate at year-end
    3.29 %     1.01 %     6.09 %
Weighted average interest rate for the year
    3.08 %     3.51 %     6.25 %


(1)  Average balances were computed using daily averages.
 
(2)  Highest month-end balances were January in 2002, February 2001, and October 2000.

      Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) amounted to $50.00 million at December 31, 2002, and $30.00 million at December 31, 2001. Of the Bank’s $50.00 million in FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2002, $10.00 million bearing interest at 4.90% was obtained in 1998 and matures on October 28, 2003, $20.00 million bearing interest at 3.48% was obtained in 2002 and matures on February 27, 2004, and $20.00 million bearing interest at 5.45% was obtained in 2001 and matures on March 21, 2005. These advances are non-callable with fixed interest rates.

Capital Resources

 
      Stockholders’ Equity

      We obtain capital primarily from retained earnings and to a lesser extent, the issuance of additional common stock through our Dividend Reinvestment Plan and options exercised. Stockholders’ equity of $287.96 million was up $41.95 million or 17.05% compared to $246.01 million at December 31, 2001. Our stockholders’ equity equaled 10.46% of total assets at December 31, 2002, compared 10.03% of total assets at year-end 2001. The increase of $41.95 million or 17.05% in stockholders’ equity was due to the following:

  •  an addition of $48.70 million from net income less payments of dividends on common stock of $9.80 million;
 
  •  an increase of $2.34 million from issuance of additional common shares through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and proceeds from exercise of stock options less the purchase of 27,500 shares of treasury stock during 2002, at an average price of $34.37, totaling $945,000;
 
  •  an increase of $1.66 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, including:

  •  a favorable difference of $1.33 million in the net unrealized holding gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax; and
 
  •  an increase of $326,000 from unrealized gains on cash flow hedging derivatives, net of tax.

      On March 22, 2002, our Board of Directors approved and announced a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common stock, in the form of a 100% stock dividend, payable May 9, 2002, to stockholders of record on April 19, 2002. The Board of Directors also approved a 12% increase in the quarterly cash dividend from 12.5 cents per share to 14 cents per share on a post-split basis, payable April 16, 2002, to stockholders of record on April 1, 2002.

      On a post-split basis, we declared cash dividends of 12.5 cents per common share in January 2002 on 17,957,736 shares outstanding, cash dividends of 14 cents in April 2002 on 17,973,720 shares outstanding, cash dividends of 14 cents in July 2002 on 18,001,002 shares outstanding, and cash dividends of 14 cents in October 2002 on 18,006,544 shares outstanding. Total cash dividends paid in 2002 amounted to $9.80 million.

47


 

      On April 6, 2001, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program of up to $15 million of our common stock. The Company intends to repurchase shares under the program, from time to time, in the open market or through negotiated purchases, under conditions which allow such repurchases to be accretive to earnings, while maintaining capital ratios that exceed the guidelines for a “well capitalized” financial institution. During 2002 and on a post-split basis, the Company repurchased 27,500 shares at an average price of $34.37 per share. On a post-split basis, cumulatively through December 31, 2002, the Company has repurchased 305,300 shares of our common stock for $8.29 million.

      On February 19, 1998, our Board of Directors adopted an “Equity Incentive Plan” (“the Plan”) which was approved by stockholders at the April 20, 1998, Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Plan will expire on February 18, 2008. The following information is provided on a post-split basis:

  •  On September 17, 1998, we granted 90,000 shares of common stock options with an exercise price of $16.50 per share to eligible senior officers and directors.
 
  •  On January 20, 2000, we granted 110,000 shares of common stock options with an exercise price of $21.25 per share to eligible officers and directors.
 
  •  On January 18, 2001, we granted 111,000 shares, and on March 15, 2001, we granted 1,800 shares of common stock options with an exercise price of $30.10 per share to eligible officers and directors.
 
  •  On February 21, 2002, we granted 113,440 shares of common stock options with an exercise price of $32.55 per share to eligible officers and directors.
 
  •  On January, 16, 2003, we granted 215,000 shares of common stock options with an exercise price of $39.85 per share to eligible officers and directors.

      Management seeks to retain the Company’s capital at a level sufficient to support future growth, to protect depositors and stockholders, to absorb any unanticipated losses and to comply with various regulatory requirements.

      Under California State banking law, the Bank may not pay a cash dividend, without regulatory approval, which exceeds the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or its net income for the last three fiscal years, less any cash distributions made during that period. The amount of retained earnings available for cash dividends as of December 31, 2002, is restricted to approximately $103,076,000 under this regulation.

 
      Capital Adequacy

      Management seeks to retain the Company’s capital at a level sufficient to support future growth, protect depositors and stockholders, and comply with various regulatory requirements.

      The primary measure of capital adequacy is based on the ratio of risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets. At year-end 2002, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.93%, total risk-based capital ratio of 13.01%, and Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 10.11%, continued to place the Company in the “well capitalized” category, which is defined as institutions with Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than six percent, Tier 1 leverage capital ratio equal to or greater than five percent, and total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than ten percent. The comparable ratios for 2001 were Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.15%, total risk-based capital ratio of 12.30%, and Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.48%.

      A table displaying the Company and the Bank’s capital and leverage ratios at year-end 2002 and 2001 is included in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Risk Elements of the Loan Portfolio

     Non-performing Assets

      Non-performing assets include loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest, non-accrual loans, and other real estate owned. The Company’s policy is to place loans on a non-accrual status if interest and principal or either interest or principal is past due 90 days or more, or in cases where management deems

48


 

the full collection of principal and interest unlikely. After a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest accrued in the previous three months is generally reversed against current income. Thereafter, any payment is generally first applied towards the principal balance. Depending on the circumstances, management may elect to continue the accrual of interest on certain past due loans if partial payment is received and/or the loan is well collateralized and in the process of collection. The loan is generally returned to accrual status when the borrower has brought the past due principal and interest payments current and, in the opinion of management, the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.

      Management reviews the loan portfolio regularly for problem loans. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of the loan agreements. Such loans are placed under closer supervision with consideration given to placing the loan on non-accrual status, the need for an additional allowance for loan losses, and (if appropriate) partial or full charge-off.

      Our non-performing assets decreased $2.24 million or 23.59% to $7.25 million at year-end 2002 compared to $9.48 million at year-end 2001. The decrease was due to a combination of the following:

  •  An increase of $1.78 million in loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest;
 
  •  A decrease of $3.11 million in non-accrual loans; and
 
  •  A decrease of $902,000 in other real estate owned.

      As a percentage of gross loans plus other real estate owned, our non-performing assets decreased to 0.39% at year-end 2002 from 0.57% at year-end 2001. The non-performing loan coverage ratio, defined as the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, increased to 372.31% at year-end 2002, which was higher than that of 302.42% at year-end 2001. The increase was primarily due to the reduction of $3.11 million in non-accrual loans. On January 3, 2003, one accruing commercial mortgage loan past due 90 days or more, in the amount of $1.10 million was paid off, and on January 31, 2003, one non-accrual construction loan in the amount of $1.66 million was paid off.

49


 

      The following table presents the breakdown of total non-accrual, past due, and restructured loans for the past five years:

Non-accrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans

                                           
December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(Dollars in thousands)
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
  $ 2,468     $ 689     $ 589     $ 3,724     $ 4,683  
Non-accrual loans
    4,124       7,238       14,696       13,696       13,090  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total non-performing loans
    6,592       7,927       15,285       17,420       17,773  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Real estate acquired in foreclosure
    653       1,555       5,174       4,337       10,454  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total non-performing assets
  $ 7,245     $ 9,482     $ 20,459     $ 21,757     $ 28,227  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Troubled debt restructurings(1)
  $ 5,266     $ 4,474     $ 4,531     $ 4,581     $ 4,642  
Non-performing assets as a percentage of gross loans and other real estate owned at year-end
    0.39 %     0.57 %     1.39 %     1.71 %     2.85 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non- performing loans
    372.31 %     302.42 %     143.72 %     111.95 %     89.86 %


(1)  Troubled debt restructurings are accruing interest at their restructured terms.

      The effect of non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructurings on interest income for the past five years is presented below:

                                           
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(In thousands)
Non-accrual Loans
                                       
Contractual interest due
  $ 321     $ 823     $ 1,408     $ 1,396     $ 1,395  
Interest recognized
    34       96       627       234       112  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest foregone
  $ 287     $ 727     $ 781     $ 1,162     $ 1,283  
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                           
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(In thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings
                                       
Contractual interest due
  $ 338     $ 409     $ 422     $ 429     $ 421  
Interest recognized
    258       370       407       414       412  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest foregone
  $ 80     $ 39     $ 15     $ 15     $ 9  
     
     
     
     
     
 

     Non-accrual loans

      Non-accrual loans were $4.12 million at year-end 2002 and $7.24 million at year-end 2001. Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2002, consisted mainly of thirteen commercial loans totaling $1.93 million, one construction loan totaling $1.66 million, two commercial mortgage loans totaling $254,000, and three residential mortgage loans totaling $264,000. The comparable numbers for 2001 were $4.85 million in sixteen commercial loans, $1.82 million on one construction loan, $374,000 in two commercial mortgage loans, and $189,000 in two residential mortgage loans. On January 31, 2003, one non-accrual construction loan in the amount of $1.66 million was paid off.

50


 

      The following tables present the type of properties securing the loans and the type of businesses the borrowers engaged in under commercial mortgage and commercial non-accrual loan categories as of the dates indicated:

                                                     
December 31, 2002 December 31, 2001


Real Real
Estate(1) Commercial Other Estate(1) Commercial Other






(In thousands)
Type of Collateral
                                               
 
Single/ multi-family residence
  $ 386     $ 117     $     $ 441     $ 266     $  
 
Commercial real estate
    132       1,099             122       839        
 
Land
    1,658       425             1,821              
 
UCC
          278                   3,647        
 
Other
                17                    
 
Unsecured
          9       3             102        
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 2,176     $ 1,928     $ 20     $ 2,384     $ 4,854     $  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


  (1) Real estate includes commercial mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and residential mortgage loans.

                                                     
December 31, 2002 December 31, 2001


Real Real
Estate(1) Commercial Other Estate(1) Commercial Other






(In thousands)
Type of Business
                                               
 
Real estate development
  $ 1,658     $ 96     $     $ 1,821     $ 27     $  
 
Wholesale/ Retail
          1,557             122       3,421        
 
Food/ Restaurant
          13                   701        
 
Import
          127                   400        
 
Investments
                                   
 
Other
    518       135       20       441       305        
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 2,176     $ 1,928     $ 20     $ 2,384     $ 4,854     $  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


  (1) Real estate includes commercial mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and residential mortgage loans.

 
Commercial mortgage, real estate construction, and residential mortgage non-accrual loans

  •  $1.66 million of the balance represented one credit secured by first trust deed on land, which paid off on January 31, 2003.
 
  •  The remaining balance of $518,000 consisted of two credits secured by first trust deeds on one single-family-residence and on one commercial property.

 
Commercial non-accrual loans

  •  UCC-1 filings, mainly accounts receivable and inventories, secured five loans totaling $278,000.
 
  •  The balance of $1.65 million consisted of six credits secured primarily by first trust deeds on multi-family-residences or commercial buildings and warehouses, and one unsecured credit.

51


 

     Troubled debt restructurings

      A troubled debt restructuring is a formal restructure of a loan when the lender, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the loan balance or accrued interest, and extension of the maturity date.

      Troubled debt restructurings, including those on non-accrual status, increased $1.93 million to $6.40 million at December 31, 2002, compared to $4.47 million at December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2002, all trouble debt restructured loans were performing under their revised terms, except for two credits totaling $1.13 million, which were not delinquent, but management choose to placed both credits on non-accrual status, due to credit concerns. These two credits are included with other non-accrual loans. The increase from year-end 2001 was primarily due two credits totaling $5.35 million that were restructured during the year, partially offset by credits that paid-off during the year or were performing for an extended period of time and removed from troubled debt restructured classification.

     Impaired loans

      A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement based on current circumstances and events. We consider all loans classified and restructured in our evaluation of loan impairment. The classified loans are stratified by size, and loans less than our defined selection criteria are treated as a homogeneous portfolio. If loans meeting the defined criteria are not collateral dependent, we measure the impairment based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If loans meeting the defined criteria are collateral dependent, we measure the impairment by using the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded amount of the loan, we then recognize impairment by creating or adjusting an existing valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses.

      We identified impaired loans with a recorded investment of $19.59 million at year-end 2002, compared to $19.35 million at year-end 2001. The average balance of impaired loans was $24.76 million in 2002 and $23.47 million in 2001. Interest collected on impaired loans totaled $1.22 million in 2002, and $959,000 in 2001. On January 31, 2003, one impaired construction loan on non-accrual status, with a recorded investment of $1.66 million, was paid off.

      The following tables present a breakdown of impaired loans and the related allowances as of the dates indicated:

                                                   
At December 31, 2002 At December 31, 2001


Recorded Net Recorded Net
Investment Allowance Balance Investment Allowance Balance






(In thousands)
Commercial
  $ 3,883     $ 629     $ 3,254     $ 6,924     $ 2,143     $ 4,781  
Real Estate(1)
    15,707       2,356       13,351       12,426       1,764       10,662  
Other
    1       1                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 19,591     $ 2,986     $ 16,605     $ 19,350     $ 3,907     $ 15,443  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Real Estate includes commercial mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and residential mortgage loans.

      In addition, accruing loans past due 90 days or more had an outstanding balance of $2.50 million at year-end 2002 compared with $689,000 at year-end 2001. On January 3, 2003, one accruing commercial mortgage loan past due 90 days or more, with a recorded investment of $1.10 million, was paid off.

52


 

     Loan Concentration

      We experienced no loan concentrations to multiple borrowers in similar activities which exceeded 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2002.

      See “Factors That May Affect Future Results” below for a discussion of some of the factors that may affect the matters discussed in this Section.

     Allowance for Loan Losses

      The Bank’s management is committed to managing the risk in its loan portfolio by maintaining the allowance for loan losses at a level that is considered to be equal to the estimated and known risks in the loan portfolio. With a risk management objective, the Bank’s management has an established monitoring system that is designed to identify impaired and potential problem loans, and to permit periodic evaluation of impairment and the adequacy level of the allowance for loan losses in a timely manner.

      In addition, our Board of Directors has established a written loan policy that includes an effective loan review and control system to ensure that the Bank maintains an adequate allowance for loan losses. The Board of Directors provides oversight for the allowance evaluation process, including quarterly evaluations, and judge that it is adequate to absorb estimated losses in the loan portfolio. The determination of the amounts of the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses is based on management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration known relevant internal and external factors that affect collectibility when determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses. The nature of the process by which the Bank determines the appropriate allowance for loan losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are increased by charges to the provision for loan losses. Identified credit exposures that are determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. A sustained weakness or further weakening of the economy or other factors that adversely affect asset quality could result in an increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies, or defaults, and a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge-offs, and provision for loan losses in future periods. See “Factors That May Affect Future Results,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance.

53


 

      The following table sets forth the information relating to the allowance for loan losses, charge-offs, and recoveries for the past five years:

Allowance for Loan Losses

                                         
Amount Outstanding as of December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 23,973     $ 21,967     $ 19,502     $ 15,970     $ 15,379  
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       6,373       4,200       4,200       3,600  
Loans charged-off
    (5,976 )     (4,663 )     (1,905 )     (1,731 )     (3,519 )
Recoveries of charged-off loans
    546       296       170       1,063       510  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 24,543     $ 23,973     $ 21,967     $ 19,502     $ 15,970  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Average net loans outstanding during year ended
  $ 1,724,796     $ 1,519,548     $ 1,313,177     $ 1,088,578     $ 907,639  
Ratio of net charge-offs to average net loans outstanding during the year
    0.31 %     0.29 %     0.13 %     0.06 %     0.33 %
Provision for loan losses to average net loans outstanding during the year
    0.35 %     0.42 %     0.32 %     0.39 %     0.40 %
Allowance to non-performing loans at year-end
    372.31 %     302.42 %     143.72 %     111.95 %     89.86 %
Allowance to gross loans at year-end
    1.31 %     1.44 %     1.50 %     1.54 %     1.63 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Commercial loans accounted for $5.66 million in charge-offs during 2002, primarily as a result of one credit totaling $3.62 million that was identified and reported as a non-accrual loan during the first quarter 2002. The charge-off of this credit was a direct result of the borrower’s filing a petition for protection under a Chapter 7 Bankruptcy. During 2002, total charge-offs equaled $5.98 million, an increase of $1.31 million or 28.16% over total charge-offs of $4.66 million in 2001. Net charge-offs for 2002 amounted to $5.43 million or 0.31% of average net loans outstanding at December 31, 2002. By comparison, the total net charge-offs for 2001 were $4.37 million, or 0.29% of average net loans outstanding.

      The following tables summarizes loan charge-off and recovery activity by loan type in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated:

Loan Charged-off by Loan Type

                                           
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans
  $ 5,663     $ 3,465     $ 537     $ 1,116     $ 2,394  
Percentage of total commercial loans(1)
    1.00 %     0.68 %     0.12 %     0.28 %     0.65 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Real estate loans(2)
  $ 163     $ 1,080     $ 1,066     $ 388     $ 873  
Percentage of total real estate loans(1)
    0.01 %     0.09 %     0.11 %     0.05 %     0.15 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Installment and other loans
  $ 150     $ 118     $ 302     $ 227     $ 252  
Percentage of total installment and other loans(1)
    0.94 %     0.56 %     1.09 %     0.88 %     0.86 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total loans charged-off
  $ 5,976     $ 4,663     $ 1,905     $ 1,731     $ 3,519  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Percentages were calculated based on year-end balances.
 
(2)  Real estate loans include commercial mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and residential mortgage loans.

54


 

Recoveries by Loan Type

                                           
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(In thousands)
Commercial loans
  $ 242     $ 196     $ 74     $ 761     $ 188  
Real estate loans(1)
    268       11       3       181       280  
Installment and other loans
    36       89       93       121       42  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 546     $ 296     $ 170     $ 1,063     $ 510  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Real estate loans include commercial mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and residential mortgage loans.

      Our allowance for loan losses consists of the following:

  •  Specific allowance: For impaired loans, we provide specific allowances based on an evaluation of impairment, and for each criticized loan, we allocate a portion of the general allowance to each loan based on a loss percentage assigned. The percentage assigned depends on a number of factors including loan classification, the current financial condition of the borrowers and guarantors, the prevailing value of the underlying collateral, charge-off history, management’s knowledge of the portfolio and general economic conditions.
 
  •  General allowance: The unclassified portfolio is segmented on a group basis. Segmentation is determined by loan type and by identifying risk characteristics that are common to the groups of loans. The allowance is provided to each segmented group based on the group’s historical loan loss experience, the trends in delinquency, and non-accrual, and other significant factors, such as national and local economy, trends and conditions, strength of management and loan staff, underwriting standards and the concentration of credit.

      The total allowance for loan losses consists of the above two components: specific and general. To determine the adequacy of the allowance in each of these two components, the Bank employs two primary methodologies, the classification migration and the individual loan review analysis methodology. These methodologies support the basis for determining allocations between the various loan categories and the overall adequacy of the Bank’s allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. These methodologies are further supported by additional analysis of relevant factors such as the historical losses in the portfolio, trends in the non-performing/non-accrual loans, loan delinquencies, the volume of the portfolio, peer group comparisons, and federal regulatory policy for loan and lease losses. Other significant factors of portfolio analysis include changes in lending policies/underwriting standards, portfolio composition, and concentrations of credit, and trends in the national and local economy.

      With these above methodologies, the specific allowance is for those loans internally classified and risk graded as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, or Loss. Additionally, the Bank’s management allocates a specific allowance for “Impaired Credits,” in accordance with SFAS No. 114 “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” The level of the general allowance is established to provide coverage for management’s estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio by various loan segments not covered by the specific allowance.

55


 

      The table set forth below reflects management’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the ratio of each loan category to the total loans as of the dates indicated:

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

                                                                                     
As of December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





Percentage of Percentage of Percentage of Percentage of Percentage of
Loans in Each Loans in Each Loans in Each Loans in Each Loans in Each
Category Category Category Category Category
to Average to Average to Average to Average to Average
Amount Gross Loans Amount Gross Loans Amount Gross Loans Amount Gross Loans Amount Gross Loans










(Dollars in thousands)
Type of Loans:
                                                                               
 
Commercial loans
  $ 11,812       29.73 %   $ 11,504       29.61 %   $ 10,231       30.00 %   $ 8,546       35.06 %   $ 7,468       38.58 %
 
Residential mortgage loans
    1,466       13.26       2,181       14.86       808       15.61       1,743       18.15       1,901       18.46  
 
Commercial mortgage loans
    8,458       47.25       7,702       42.19       8,564       45.25       7,781       39.95       5,815       35.16  
 
Real estate construction loans
    2,610       8.80       2,386       11.73       1,855       7.11       843       4.30       365       4.77  
 
Installment loans
    181       0.92       197       1.57       380       1.99       464       2.46       414       2.98  
 
Other loans
    16       0.04       3       0.04       129       0.04       125       0.08       7       0.05  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 24,543       100.00 %   $ 23,973       100.00 %   $ 21,967       100.00 %   $ 19,502       100.00 %   $ 15,970       100.00 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Total commercial loans have grown from $506.13 million at year-end 2001 to $563.68 million at year-end 2002, with the large portion of this growth being in asset-based lending category, including the issuance of letters of credit through the Bank’s International Department. While this segment has been steadily growing (with the exception of the first quarter of 2002), the growth rate has been slower during the fourth quarter with a continued sluggish economic recovery as evidenced by an $11.39 million increase during the fourth quarter of 2002 compared with $21.68 million growth during the third quarter of 2002. Delinquencies over 90 days in this segment correspondingly peaked in the fourth quarter of 2001, at $15.28 million, before trending downward to $9.44 million by year-end 2002, as the growth rate subsided. Allocated allowances increased slightly from $11.50 million at year-end 2001, to $11.81 million at year-end 2002, after applying loan charge-offs of $5.66 million during 2002. However, in view of the recent losses experienced by the Bank in the asset-based lending category, management has deemed it prudent to increase the minimum loss rate allocation to 2.25% as compared to the 2.20% on September 30, 2002, since there is a certain degree of continued economic sluggishness and uncertainty in the direction of the economy.

      Residential mortgage loans decreased to $231.37 million at December 31, 2002, from $235.91 million at year-end 2001, after rising to $232.22 million at September 30, 2002, based on a 1% growth level in originations, and based on usually low interest rates during the third quarter and fourth quarter from rate sensitive borrowers. While delinquencies over 90 days have been trending downward from the fourth quarter of 2001, rising unemployment in a sluggish early stage economic recovery in the fourth quarter of 2002, has caused a corresponding $1.53 million rise in delinquency in the fourth quarter of 2002, compared with $880,000 at the end of the third quarter 2002. Even though actual charge-offs have not occurred in this segment over the last year, management has nevertheless determined that it is prudent to allocate an allowance for $1.47 million at year-end 2002 in this loan category, in view of the current origination volume and the rise in credit risks associated with increases in unemployment during a sluggish recovery in the economy.

      Commercial mortgage loans grew 27.77% or $205.01 million during 2002 while the allowance allocation increased $756,000 or approximately 9.82% to a level of $8.46 million from $7.70 million in 2001. Most of the growth in this loan segment during 2002 took place in the third and fourth quarters, and was primarily a direct result of unusually low interest rates to rate sensitive borrowers. Although the volume has increased,

56


 

there has been no concentration of hotels or motels, but has consisted primarily of shopping centers, commercial office buildings, warehouses, apartment structures, and represents approximately 50.25% of the Bank’s gross loans. Delinquencies over 90 days in this loan segment have ranged from a high of $11.19 million in the first quarter of 2002, to a low of $3.33 million in the second quarter of 2002, with an average delinquent amount of $7.26 million. Total delinquency in this segment rose to $9.73 million in the fourth quarter 2002, but was 8.87% below the year-end 2001 total of $10.68 million. Within this delinquency aggregate, 90+ day delinquent accounts have fallen from $2.83 million at March 31, 2002, to $443,000 at December 31, 2002, a substantial decrease, while non-accrual loans have also decreased from $374,000 at year-end 2001, to $254,000 by the end of 2002. Loan losses have been nominal during the last nine quarters despite the variance in delinquencies. However, management expects that the debt service capability of borrowers during 2003 will depend to some degree on the direction of the economy, which, thus far, has shown only a gradual recovery from the recent recession. Because of the increased volume in this loan segment coupled with a sluggish recovery, and an uncertain degree of impact on the real estate variables (such as appreciation, rate sensitivity, debt service capability, and long-term profitability) that drive these types of loans, management has reached the conclusion to increase the allowance in this segment by a prevailing minimum risk factor allocation rate.

      Unlike the commercial mortgage loans, the outstanding construction loans have continued to decrease in 2002, and as of the fourth quarter the balance of this segment was $122.77 million compared to $166.42 million at year-end 2001. Delinquency over 90 days in this segment has correspondingly decreased from $11.49 million at year-end 2001, to $3.97 million by the fourth quarter 2002, with the reduction in loan volume and the resolution of two of four major delinquent loans. Non-accrual loans also moved downward from the 2001 level of $1.82 million to $1.66 million. However, even though the loan volume and delinquency have decreased, the allocated allowances have remained approximately $2.61 million for the last two consecutive quarters of 2002. While the allowance has decreased from the first quarter of 2002, the Bank believes it to be prudent to hold the present level of allocation based on the inherent risk nature in this loan segment. More specifically, the primary rationale by the Bank’s management for not correspondingly decreasing the allowances as of year-end 2002 in this loan segment is based upon the longer-term higher risk nature of construction projects that have the potential of exceeding the projected interest reserves. Thus far, management has not observed borrowers encountering above normal difficulty in obtaining permanent takeout financing, sizable concentration of commercial office building loans, and an increased number of extensions to the borrower for completion of construction. Management believes that the risk allocation for the construction portfolio should be viewed from a longer economic view given the current weak leasing market for office buildings in Southern and Northern California.

      Allocated allowances for installment and consumer loans have been gradually declining as the total loan volume in this segment has declined from $20.32 million at year-end 2001 to $15.57 million at year-end 2002. The Bank has not actively competed for this type of loan, but has provided such loans, when necessary, as an accommodation to Bank customers. Delinquencies over 90 days have moved downward nominally from $122,000 at year-end 2001 to $22,000 at year-end 2002. Loans delinquent over 90 days have been eliminated for the last two quarters of 2002. Loans on non-accrual have been nominal throughout 2001 and 2002. Similarly, the charged-off loans have also been nominal with the decreasing loan volume. Management has therefore correspondingly continued to move the allocated allowances downward with the decrease in loan volume from $197,000 at year-end 2001 to the present level of $181,000 at year-end 2002.

      Allowances for other risks of probable loan losses that amounted to $2.06 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $1.67 million as of December 31, 2001 have been included in the allocations above. The components of the other risks that have a potential of affecting the Bank’s portfolio are comprised of two basic elements. First, the Bank has set aside funds to cover the risk factors of a recessionary state of the national economy and the uncertain economic forecast in the short-run. Thus far, the government’s efforts to stimulate the economy through various monetary policies such as tax cuts and aggressive lowering of interest rates over the last one and three-quarter years have only resulted in the early stage of a sluggishly uncertain recovery as evidenced by eroding consumer confidence, weak demand for non-durables, and the lack of business investment. The September 11th event and the current corporate scandals in various large companies and discussions of probable war against Iraq have clouded the economic outlook instead of giving clear visibility to

57


 

the direction of the economy. The economy could experience a second downturn and companies will not be able to avoid further substantial short falls in sales and earnings, business closures and downsizing, which will result in increased risk to the Bank’s portfolio. The second component of other portfolio risk is the potential errors in loan classification and review methodologies. Based on these two above components of other risks, management has increased the allocation of the allowance. Also, see “Factors That May Affect Future Results,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements, or historical performance.

Liquidity

      Liquidity is our ability to maintain sufficient cash flow to meet maturing financial obligations and customer credit needs, and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they are presented in the marketplace. Our principal sources of liquidity are growth in deposits, proceeds from the maturity or sale of securities and other financial instruments, repayments from securities and loans, federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and advances from FHLB. At year-end 2002, our liquidity ratio (defined as net cash, short-term and marketable securities to net deposits and short-term liabilities) decreased slightly to 29.14%, compared to 30.76% at year-end 2001.

      To supplement its liquidity needs, the Bank maintains a total credit line of $52.50 million for federal funds with three correspondent banks, and master agreements with six brokerage firms whereby up to $280.00 million would be available through the sale of securities subject to repurchase. The Bank is also a shareholder of the FHLB, which enables the Bank to have access to lower cost FHLB financing when necessary. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had a total approved credit line with the FHLB of San Francisco totaling $643.63 million. The total credit outstanding with the FHLB of San Francisco at December 31, 2002, was $50.00 million. These advances are non-callable and bear fixed interest rates, with $10.00 million maturing in 2003, $20.00 million maturing in 2004, and $20.00 million maturing in 2005. These borrowings are secured by residential mortgages. “See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

      Liquidity can also be provided through the sale of liquid assets, which consist of federal funds sold, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities available-for-sale. At December 31, 2002, such assets at fair value totaled $267.27 million, with $105.91 million pledged as collateral for borrowings and other commitments. The remaining $161.36 million was available as additional liquidity, of which $142.36 was AFS securities, available to be pledged as collateral for additional borrowings.

      We had a significant portion of our time deposits maturing within one year or less as of December 31, 2002. Management anticipates that there may be some outflow of these deposits upon maturity due to the keen competition in the Bank’s marketplace. However, based on our historical runoff experience, we expect the outflow will be minimal and can be replenished through our normal growth in deposits. Management believes all the above-mentioned sources will provide adequate liquidity to the Bank to meet its daily operating needs.

      The Bancorp obtains funding for its activities primarily through dividend income contributed by the Bank and proceeds from investments in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and exercise of stock options. Dividends paid to Bancorp by the Bank are subject to regulatory limitations. The business activities of Bancorp consist primarily of the operation of the Bank with limited activities in other investments. Management believes Bancorp’s liquidity generated from its prevailing sources are sufficient to meet its operational needs.

      Also, see Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill no longer be amortized to earnings, but instead be reviewed annually for impairment. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company was required to reassess the useful lives and residual values of all intangible assets acquired in purchase business combinations, and make any necessary amortization period adjustments by the end of the

58


 

first interim period. In addition, to the extent an intangible asset is identified as having an indefinite useful life, the Company was required to test the intangible asset for impairment in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Any impairment loss is measured as of the date of adoption and recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the first interim period. The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002. Upon adoption, the Company discontinued the amortization of goodwill and reclassified $2.33 million from goodwill to core deposit intangible, which is classified under other assets in the Statements of Financial Condition. The Company also reassessed the useful lives and residual value of all intangible assets acquired in purchase business combinations, and tested goodwill for impairment, and found no impairment.

      In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” For long-lived assets to be held and used, SFAS No. 144 retains the requirements of SFAS No. 121 to (a) recognize an impairment loss only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows and (b) measure an impairment loss as the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Further, SFAS No. 144 eliminates the requirement to allocate goodwill to long-lived assets to be tested for impairment, describes a probability-weighted cash flow estimation approach to deal with situations in which alternative courses of action to recover the carrying amount of a long-lived asset are under consideration or a range is estimated for the amount of possible future cash flows, and establishes a “primary-asset” approach to determine the cash flow estimation period. For long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, SFAS No. 144 retains the requirements of SFAS No. 121 to measure a long-lived asset classified as held-for-sale at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and to cease depreciation. Discontinued operations are no longer measured on a net realizable value basis, and future operating losses are no longer recognized before they occur. SFAS No. 144 broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include a component of an entity, establishes criteria to determine when a long-lived asset is held-for-sale, prohibits retroactive reclassification of the asset as held-for-sale at the balance sheet date if the criteria are met after the balance sheet date but before issuance of the financial statements, and provides accounting guidance for the reclassification of an asset from “held-for-sale” to “held-and-used.” The provisions of SFAS No. 144 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company adopted SFAS No. 144 effective January 1, 2002. Adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have any impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

      In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections.” SFAS No. 145 rescinds the SFAS No. 4 requirement that all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Henceforth, those gains and losses from extinguishment of debt are to be classified in accordance with the criteria in APB Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations — Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions.” SFAS No. 64, which amended SFAS No. 4, is no longer necessary with the rescission of SFAS No. 4. SFAS No. 44 was issued to establish accounting requirements for the effects of transition to the provisions of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980. Since the transition has been completed, SFAS No. 44 is no longer necessary. SFAS No. 145 amends SFAS No. 13 to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions to be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. SFAS No. 145 is effective for financial statements for periods beginning after May 15, 2002, and earlier adoption is recommended. The Company adopted SFAS No. 145 effective May 15, 2002. Adoption of SFAS No. 145 did not have any impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

      In July 2002, FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”. SFAS No. 146 applies to costs associated with an exit activity (including restructuring) or with a disposal of long-lived assets. Those activities can include eliminating or reducing product lines, terminating employees and contracts, and relocating plant facilities or personnel. Under SFAS No. 146, a company will record a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity when that liability is incurred and can be measured at fair value. A liability is incurred when an event leaves the company little or no discretion to avoid transferring or using the assets in the future. Previous accounting guidance was provided by the Emerging

59


 

Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 did have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

      In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions.” SFAS No. 147 is an amendment of FASB statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9. The Statement addresses the financial accounting and reporting for the acquisition of all or part of a financial institution. It also provides guidance on the accounting for the impairment or disposal of acquired long-term customer relationship intangible assets. The provisions in paragraph 5 of this Statement are effective for acquisitions for which the date of acquisition is on or after October 1, 2002. The adoption of this statement had no impact on the Company.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure,” an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements. Certain of the disclosure modifications are required for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, and are included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and a rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees issued. The Interpretation also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the Interpretation are applicable to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, and are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. The disclosure requirements are effective for financial statements of interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. This Interpretation addresses the consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities as defined in the Interpretation. The Interpretation applies immediately to variable interests in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interests in variable interest entities obtained after January 31, 2003. For public enterprises, such as the Company, with a variable interest in a variable interest entity created before February 1, 2003, the Interpretation applies no later than the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003. The application of this Interpretation is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. The Interpretation requires certain disclosures in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003 if it is reasonably possible that the Company will consolidate or disclose information about variable interest entities when the Interpretation becomes effective.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company owned interests in two limited partnerships, for which it is reasonably possible that the limited partnerships may be construed to be variable interest entities subject to consolidation under Interpretation No. 46. Both of these investments were formed for the purpose of investing in low-income housing projects, which qualify for federal low-income housing tax credits and/or California tax credits, and at December 31, 2002, the carrying amount of those investments in real estate was $4.95 million. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had fully satisfied all capital commitments required under these two investments in real estate, and in addition, under the terms of both limited partnership agreements, the Company is not liable for the debts, liabilities, contracts, or any other obligation of these limited partnerships. Application of Interpretation No. 46 for the Company will be the third quarter of 2003. The Company has not

60


 

completed its analysis to determine the impact to the Company in adopting the application of Interpretation No. 46. However, the Company expects that the adoption will not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Factors That May Affect Future Results

The Allowance for Loan Losses is an Estimate of Estimable and Probable Loan Losses. Actual Loan Losses in Excess of the Estimate Could Adversely Affect Our Net Income and Capital.

      The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s estimate of the estimable and probable losses from our loan portfolio. If actual losses exceed the estimate, the excess losses could adversely affect our net income and capital. Such excess could also lead to larger allowances for loan losses in future periods, which could in turn adversely affect net income and capital in those periods. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2002, is adequate to cover estimable and probable losses from its loan portfolio as of that date. If economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in the estimate or adverse developments arise with respect to our loans, future losses may occur, and increases in the allowance may be necessary. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the adequacy of our allowance. These agencies may require us to establish additional allowances based on their judgment of the information available at the time of their examinations. No assurance can be given that we will not sustain loan losses in excess of present or future levels of the allowance for loan losses.

Fluctuations in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Business.

      The interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing, and deposit taking activities is a significant market risk to us and our business. Income associated with interest-earning assets and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by fluctuations in interest rates. The magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates, events over which we have no control, may have an adverse effect on net interest income. Prepayment and early withdrawal levels, which are also impacted by changes in interest rates, can significantly affect our assets and liabilities. Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the ability of our floating rate borrowers to meet their higher payment obligations, which could in turn lead to an increase in non-performing assets and net charge-offs.

      Generally, the interest rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company do not change at the same rate, to the same extent, or on the same basis. Even assets and liabilities with similar maturities or periods of repricing may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in general market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in general market rates. Certain assets, such as fixed and adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features that limit changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset.

      We seek to minimize the adverse effects of changes in interest rates by structuring our asset-liability composition to obtain the maximum spread. We use interest rate sensitivity analysis and a simulation model to assist us in estimating the optimal asset-liability composition. However, such management tools have inherent limitations that impair their effectiveness. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in minimizing the adverse effects of changes in interest rates. See also “Risks Elements of the Loan Portfolio” and “Market Risk.”

Inflation May Adversely Affect Our Financial Performance.

      The consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented in this report have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These principles require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Virtually all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our

61


 

performance than the general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the price of goods and services.

As We Expand Our Business Outside of California Markets, We Will Encounter Risks That Could Adversely Affect Us.

      We primarily operate in California markets with a concentration of Chinese American individuals and businesses; however, one of our strategies is to expand beyond California into other domestic markets that have concentrations of Chinese American individuals and businesses. We began this expansion with the acquisition of certain assets and assumptions of certain liabilities from Golden City Commercial Bank in New York in 1999 and the opening of the Houston loan production office in Texas, which was subsequently converted into a full-service branch in 2000. In addition, on October 5, 2001, we opened a new branch in Union City, Northern California. In 2002, we opened a new branch in Brooklyn, New York City, and one in Sacramento, California. In addition, with China’s accession into the World Trade Organization and its increasing importance in the world economy, we opened a representative office in Shanghai, China. In the course of this expansion, we will encounter significant risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on our operations. These risks and uncertainties include increased operational difficulties arising from, among other things, our ability to attract sufficient business in new markets, to manage operations in noncontiguous market areas, and to anticipate events or differences in markets in which we have no current experience.

      To the extent that we expand through acquisitions, such acquisitions may also adversely harm our business, if we fail to adequately address the financial and operational risks associated with such acquisitions. For example, risks can include difficulties in assimilating the operations, technology and personnel of the acquired company; diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies; potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities; incurrence of additional debt and contingent liabilities; use of cash resources; large write-offs; and amortization expenses related to other intangible assets with finite lives.

The Company Could Be Adversely Affected by Potential Changes in California Tax Law and Delays in Implementation of Its Strategy.

      Our effective income tax rate was lower in 2002, 2001, and 2000 due in large part to income tax benefits derived from a registered investment company subsidiary of the Bank. We had relied on the California tax law related to registered investment companies and on an outside tax opinion. In January 2002, a change to that law was proposed that would have denied these tax benefits retroactively for the earlier years, as well as prospectively for future years. This proposed change was not enacted, but another proposal was recently introduced in the California Legislature, which would deny such tax benefits from and after January 1, 2003.

      In December, 2002, we decided to deregister the registered investment company and, in January, 2003, we applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission for such deregistration. Also in January, 2003, as an alternative to the registered investment company, we applied for regulatory approval to create a real estate investment trust. We received such regulatory approval in February, 2003, and have started operating the real estate investment trust and building up its assets. While the real estate investment trust should provide some tax benefits in 2003, our effective income tax rate for 2003 is expected to be higher than the rate in the past few years. The actual rate for 2003 will depend to some extent on the timing of the build up in the asset levels of the trust, as well as on the interest rate and regulatory environment.

Adverse Economic Conditions in California and Other Regions Where the Bank Has Operations, Could Cause Us to Incur Losses.

      Our banking operations are concentrated primarily in Southern and Northern California, and secondarily in Nevada, Texas, and New York. Adverse economic conditions in these regions could impair borrowers’ ability to service their loans, decrease the level and duration of deposits by customers, and erode the value of loan collateral, such as, the currently unknown impact of the California budged deficit. These events could

62


 

increase the amount of our non-performing assets and have an adverse effect on our efforts to collect our non-performing loans or otherwise liquidate our non-performing assets (including other real estate owned) on terms favorable to us.

      Real estate securing our lending activities is also principally located in Southern and Northern California, and to a lesser extent, in Houston, Texas, and New York City. The value of such collateral depends upon conditions in the relevant real estate markets. These include general or local economic conditions and neighborhood characteristics, real estate tax rates, the cost of operating the properties, governmental regulations and fiscal policies, acts of nature including earthquakes, flood and hurricanes (which may result in uninsured losses), and other factors beyond our control.

 
The Risks Inherent in Construction Lending May Adversely Affect Our Net Income.

      The risk inherent in construction lending may adversely affect our net income. Such risks include, among other things, the possibility that contractors may fail to complete, or complete on a timely basis, construction of the relevant properties; substantial cost overruns in excess of original estimates and financing; market deterioration during construction; and lack of permanent take-out financing. Loans secured by such properties also involve additional risk because such properties have no operating history. In these loans, loan funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to completion of construction, and the estimated operating cash flow to be generated by the completed project. There is no assurance that such properties will be sold or leased so as to generate the cash flow anticipated by the borrower. Such consideration can affect the borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations to us and the value of our security interest in collateral.

Our Use of Appraisals in Deciding Whether to Make a Loan on or Secured by Real Property Does Not Insure the Value of the Real Property Collateral.

      In considering whether to make a loan on or secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of such property. However, the appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made. If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or foreclosure of the property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the property.

We Face Substantial Competition From Larger Competitors.

      We face substantial competition for deposits and loans, as well as other banking services, throughout our market area from the major banks and financial institutions that dominate the commercial banking industry. This may cause our cost of funds to exceed that of our competitors. Such banks and financial institutions have greater resources than us, including the ability to finance advertising campaigns and allocate their investment assets to regions of higher yield and demand. By virtue of their larger capital bases, such institutions have substantially greater lending limits than us and perform certain functions, including trust services, which are not presently offered by us. We also compete for loans and deposits, as well as other banking services, with savings and loan associations, finance companies, money market funds, brokerage houses, credit unions and non-financial institutions.

Adverse Effects of Banking Regulations or Changes in Banking Regulations Could Adversely Affect Our Business.

      We are governed by significant federal and state regulation and supervision, which is primarily for the benefit and protection of our customers and not for the benefit of our stockholders. In the past, our business has been materially affected by such regulation and supervision. This trend is likely to continue in the future. Laws, regulations, or policies currently affecting us may change at any time. Regulatory authorities may also change their interpretation of existing laws and regulations. Such changes may, among other things, increase the cost of doing business, limit permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. It is impossible to predict the competitive impact that any such changes would have on commercial banking in general or on our business in particular.

63


 

Adverse Economic Conditions in Asia Could Cause Us to Incur Losses.

      It is difficult to predict the behavior of the Asian economy. The U.S. economic policies, military tensions, and an unfavorable global economic condition may adversely impact the Asian economy. If the Asian economic conditions should deteriorate, we could be exposed to economic and transfer risk, and could experience an outflow of deposits by our Asian-American customers. Transfer risk may result when an entity is unable to obtain the foreign exchange needed to meet its obligations or to provide liquidity. This may adversely impact the recoverability of investments with or loans made to such entities. Adverse economic conditions may also negatively impact asset values and the profitability and liquidity of companies operating in this region.

Statutory Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions From the Bank May Adversely Impact Us.

      A substantial portion of our cash flow comes from dividends that the Bank pays to us. Various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends that the Bank can pay without regulatory approval. In addition, if the Bank were to liquidate, the Bank’s creditors would be entitled to receive distributions from the assets of the Bank to satisfy their claims against the Bank before we, as a holder of an equity interest in the Bank, would be entitled to receive any of the assets of the Bank.

Our Need to Continue to Adapt to Our Information Technology Systems to Allow Us to Provide New and Expanded Services Could Present Operational Issues and Require Significant Capital Spending.

      As we begin to offer internet banking and other on-line services to our customers, and continue to expand our existing conventional banking services, we will need to adapt our information technology systems to handle these changes in a way that meets constantly changing industry standards. This can be very expensive and may require significant capital expenditures. In addition, our success will depend, among other things, on our ability to provide secure and reliable services, anticipate changes in technology and efficiently develop and introduce services that are accepted by our customers and cost effective for us to provide. Systems failures, delays, breaches of confidentiality and other problems could harm our reputation and business.

Certain Provisions of Our Charter, Bylaws and Rights Agreement Could Make the Acquisition of Our Company More Difficult.

      Certain provisions of our Charter, Bylaws, and Rights Agreement between us and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent, could make the acquisition of our company more difficult. These provisions include authorized but unissued shares of preferred and common stock that may be issued without stockholder approval; three classes of directors serving staggered terms; preferred share purchase rights that generally become exercisable if a person or group acquires 15% or more of our common stock or announces a tender offer for 15% or more of our common stock; special requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for director; and super-majority voting requirements in certain situations including certain types of business combinations.

Terrorist Attacks.

      The impact of September 11th terrorist attacks or any future terrorist attacks and responses to such activities cannot be predicted at this time with respect to severity or duration. The impact could adversely affect the Company in a number of ways, including, among others, an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could result in a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge-offs, and provision for loan losses.

 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Market Risk

      Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. The principal market risk to the Company is the interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing, and deposit taking activities, due to

64


 

the fact that interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities do not reprice at the same rate, to the same extent, or on the same basis.

      We actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk through analyzing the repricing characteristics of our loans, securities, and deposits on an on-going basis. The primary objective is to minimize the adverse effects of changes in interest rates on our earnings, and ultimately the underlying market value of equity, while structuring our asset-liability composition to obtain the maximum spread. Management uses certain basic measurement tools in conjunction with established risk limits to regulate its interest rate exposure. Due to the limitation inherent in any individual risk management tool, we use both an interest rate sensitivity analysis and a simulation model to measure and quantify the impact to our profitability or the market value of our assets and liabilities.

      The interest rate sensitivity analysis details the expected maturity and repricing opportunities, mismatch or sensitivity gap between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities over a specified time frame. A positive gap exists when rate sensitive assets which reprice over a given time period exceed rate sensitive liabilities. During periods of increasing interest rates, net interest margin may be enhanced with a positive gap. A negative gap exists when rate sensitive liabilities which reprice over a given time period exceed rate sensitive assets. During periods of increasing interest rates, net interest margin may be impaired with a negative gap.

      The following table indicates the maturity or repricing and rate sensitivity of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2002. Our exposure as reflected in the table, represents the estimated difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities repricing during future periods based on certain assumptions. The interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities presented in the table may vary if different assumptions were used or if actual experience differs from the assumptions used. As reflected in the table below, we were asset sensitive with a cumulative gap ratio of a positive 28.99% within three months and 4.40% within one year at year-end 2002, compared with a positive 18.67% within three months and a negative 5.18% within one year at year-end 2001.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

                                                     
December 31, 2002
Interest Rate Sensitivity Period

Within Over 3 Months Over 1 Year Over Non-interest
3 Months To 1 Year to 5 Years 5 Years Sensitive Total






(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets:
                                               
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 553     $     $     $     $ 70,224     $ 70,777  
 
Federal funds sold
    19,000                               19,000  
 
Securities available-for-sale
    27,517       10,201       178,628       31,927             248,273  
 
Securities held-to-maturity
          19,712       122,642       317,098             459,452  
 
Loans receivable
                                               
   
Commercial loans
    492,768       55,917       5,696       7,366             561,747  
   
Residential mortgage loans
    57,329       29       6,470       167,279             231,107  
   
Commercial mortgage loans
    728,867       5,823       63,593       144,854             943,137  
   
Real estate construction loans
    117,237       3,878                         121,115  
   
Installment loans
    2,641       4,965       7,947                   15,553  
   
Other loans
    443                   1             444  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total loans, gross(1)
    1,399,285       70,612       83,706       319,500             1,873,103  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Non-interest-earning assets, net
                            83,393       83,393  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 1,446,355     $ 100,525     $ 384,976     $ 668,525     $ 153,617     $ 2,753,998  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest-bearing Liabilities
                                               
 
Deposits:
                                               
   
Demand
  $     $     $     $     $ 302,828     $ 302,828  
   
Money market and NOW(2)
    13,660       47,938       124,871       123,196             309,665  
   
Savings(2)
    11,717       62,679       144,401       71,429             290,226  
   
TCDs under $100
    227,460       183,964       13,714                   425,138  
   
TCDs $100 and over
    395,102       473,247       118,437                   986,786  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total deposits
    647,939       767,828       401,423       194,625       302,828       2,314,643  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

65


 

                                                   
December 31, 2002
Interest Rate Sensitivity Period

Within Over 3 Months Over 1 Year Over Non-interest
3 Months To 1 Year to 5 Years 5 Years Sensitive Total






(Dollars in thousands)
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
                  28,500                   28,500  
 
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
          10,000       40,000                   50,000  
 
Non-interest-bearing other liabilities
                            72,894       72,894  
 
Stockholders’ equity
                            287,961       287,961  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 647,939     $ 777,828     $ 469,923     $ 194,625     $ 663,683     $ 2,753,998  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest sensitivity gap
  $ 798,416     $ (677,303 )   $ (84,947 )   $ 473,900     $ (510,066 )      
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
  $ 798,416     $ 121,113     $ 36,166     $ 510,066     $        
Gap ratio (% of total assets)
    28.99 %     (24.59 )%     (3.08 )%     17.21 %     (18.52 )%      
Cumulative gap ratio
    28.99 %     4.40 %     1.31 %     18.52 %     %      


(1)  Loans are gross of the allowance for loan losses and unamortized deferred loan fees. Non-accrual loans are included in non-earning assets. Adjustable loans are included in the “within three months” category, as they are subject to an interest adjustment depending upon terms on the loan.
 
(2)  The Company’s own historical experience and decay factor are used to estimate the money market and NOW, and savings deposit runoff.

      Since interest rate sensitivity analysis does not measure the timing differences in the repricing of assets and liabilities, we use a net interest income simulation model to measure the extent of the differences in the behavior of the lending and funding rates to changing interest rates, so as to project future earnings or market values under alternative interest rate scenarios. Interest rate risk arises primarily through the Company’s traditional business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences affect the spread between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. The net interest income simulation model is designed to measure the volatility of net interest income and net portfolio value, defined as net present value of assets and liabilities, under immediate rising or falling interest rate scenarios in 100 basis points increments.

      Although the modeling is very helpful in managing interest rate risk, it does require significant assumptions for the projection of loan prepayment rates on mortgage related assets, loan volumes and pricing, and deposit and borrowing volume and pricing, that might prove inaccurate. Because these assumptions are inherently uncertain, the model cannot precisely estimate net interest income, or precisely predict the effect of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rates changes, the differences between actual experience and the assumed volume, changes in market conditions, and management strategies among other factors. The Company monitors its interest rate sensitivity and attempts to reduce the risk of a significant decrease in net interest income caused by a change in interest rates.

      We establish a tolerance level in our policy to define and limit interest income volatility to a change of plus or minus 30% when the hypothetical rate change is plus or minus 200 basis points. When the net interest rate simulation projects that our tolerance level will be met or exceeded, we seek corrective action after considering, among other things, market conditions, customer reaction, and the estimated impact on profitability. At December 31, 2002, if interest rates were to increase instantaneously by 100 basis points, the simulation indicated that our net interest income over the next twelve months would increase by 7.00%, and if interest rates were to increase instantaneously by 200 basis points, the simulation indicated that our net interest income over the next twelve months would increase by 12.72%. Conversely, if interest rates were to decrease instantaneously by 100 basis points, the simulation indicated that our net interest income over the next twelve months would decrease by 7.54%, and if interest rates were to decrease instantaneously by 200 basis points, the simulation indicated that our net interest income over the next twelve months would decrease by 16.19%.

66


 

      The Company’s simulation model also projects the net economic value of our portfolio of assets and liabilities. We have established a tolerance level to value the net economic value of our portfolio of assets and liabilities in our policy to a change of plus or minus 30% when the hypothetical rate change is plus or minus 200 basis points. At December 31, 2002, if interest rates were to increase instantaneously by 200 basis points, the simulation indicated that the net economic value of our portfolio of assets and liabilities would decrease by 16.56%, and conversely, if interest rates were to decrease instantaneously by 200 basis points, the simulation indicated that the net economic value of our assets and liabilities would increase by 10.59%.

Quantitative Information About Interest Rate Risk

      The following table shows our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, categorized by expected maturity, and the instruments’ fair values at December 31, 2002, and 2001. For assets, expected maturities are based on contractual maturity. For liabilities, we use our historical experience and decay factors to estimate the deposit runoffs of interest-bearing transactional deposits. We use certain assumptions to estimate fair values and expected maturities. Off-balance sheet commitments to extend credit, letters of credit, and bill of lading guarantees represent the contractual unfunded amounts. Off-balance sheet financial instruments represent fair values. The results presented may vary if different assumptions are used or if actual experience differs from the assumptions used.

                                                                                             
As of December 31,

2002 2001


Average Expected Maturity Date at December 31,
Interest
Fair Fair
Rate 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Thereafter Total Value Total Value











(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Sensitive Assets:
                                                                                       
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    1.23 %   $ 19,000     $     $     $     $     $     $ 19,000     $ 19,000     $ 13,000     $ 13,000  
 
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    5.64             1,282             4,590       3,090       232,222       241,184       246,019       171,872       175,184  
 
Investment securities
    5.34       57,430       28,336       92,174       74,371       97,427       116,803       466,541       480,036       451,442       456,588  
 
Loans
                                                                                       
   
Commercial
    4.34       433,666       29,639       14,774       15,443       11,219       46,639       551,380       552,070       498,280       498,486  
   
Residential mortgage
    6.39       142       365       2,204       1,818       3,214       221,606       229,349       239,157       231,755       234,002  
   
Commercial mortgage
    5.81       75,993       88,029       44,340       49,435       110,812       563,376       931,985       944,882       725,643       726,234  
   
Real estate construction
    5.17       108,763       10,781                               119,544       119,784       163,591       163,906  
   
Installment & others
    6.16       7,961       3,389       2,557       1,395       517       1       15,820       15,847       20,763       20,831  
 
Interest rate swap
                      2,568                         2,568       2,568       1,928       1,928  
Interest-Sensitive Liabilities:
                                                                                       
 
Other interest-bearing deposits
    0.40       135,994       97,061       74,255       57,210       40,746       194,625       599,891       599,912       524,778       524,805  
 
Time deposits
    1.97       1,265,461       67,685       78,163       214       319       82       1,411,924       1,419,816       1,337,143       1,343,618  
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    3.29             28,500                               28,500       29,043       22,114       22,114  
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    4.55       10,000       20,000       20,000                         50,000       52,251       30,000       30,937  
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
                                                                                       
 
Commitments to extend credit
            606,704       56,358       1,634             180       60,148       725,024       (424 )     676,513       (349 )
 
Standby letters of credit
            15,004       225                               15,229       (54 )     17,595       (64 )
 
Other letters of credit
            36,667                                     36,667       (196 )     26,923       (91 )
 
Bill of lading guarantee
            10,608                                     10,608       (71 )     12,729       (72 )

Financial Derivatives

      It is the policy of the Company not to speculate on the future direction of interest rates. However, the Company enters into financial derivatives in order to seek mitigation of exposure to interest rate risks related to our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We believe that these transactions, when properly

67


 

structured and managed, may provide a hedge against inherent interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities and against risk in specific transactions. In such instances, the Company may protect its position through the purchase or sale of interest rate futures contracts for a specific cash or interest rate risk position. Other hedge transactions may be implemented using interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors, financial futures, forward rate agreements, and options on futures or bonds. Prior to considering any hedging activities, we seek to analyze the costs and benefits of the hedge in comparison to other viable alternative strategies. All hedges will require an assessment of basis risk and must be approved by the Bank’s Investment Committee. For periods prior to January 1, 2001, for those qualifying financial derivatives that altered the interest rate characteristics of assets or liabilities, the net differential to be paid or received on the financial derivative was treated as an adjustment to the yield on the underlying assets or liabilities. Interest rate financial derivatives that did not qualify for the accrual method, were recorded at fair value, with gains and losses recorded in earnings.

      Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for financial derivatives, including certain financial derivatives embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. It requires the recognition of all financial derivatives as assets or liabilities in the Company’s statement of financial condition and measurement of those financial derivatives at fair value. The accounting treatment of changes in fair value is dependent upon whether or not a financial derivative is designated as a hedge and if so, the type of hedge.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, the Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is based on dealer quotes, or quoted prices from instruments with similar characteristics. The Company uses financial derivatives designated for hedging activities as cash flow hedges. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.

      On March 21, 2000, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a major financial institution in the notional amount of $20.00 million for a period of five years. The interest rate swap was for the purpose of hedging the cash flows from a portion of our floating rate loans against declining interest rates. The purpose of the hedge is to provide a measure of stability in the future cash receipts from such loans over the term of the swap agreement, which at December 31, 2002, was approximately nine quarters. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the interest rate swap was $2.27 million, exclusive of accrued interest, or $1.19 million net of tax compared to $1.68 million, exclusive of accrued interest, or $869,000 net of tax, at December 31, 2001. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, net amounts totaling $1.06 million were reclassified into earnings. The estimated net amount of the existing gains within accumulated other comprehensive income that are expected to reclassify into earnings within the next 12 months is approximately $1.16 million.

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

      For financial statements, see “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page 77.

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      Not Applicable.

PART III

Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

      The information under the caption “Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated herein by reference.

      The term of office of each officer is from the time of appointment until the next annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors of Bancorp or Cathay Bank (or action in lieu of a meeting) and until the

68


 

appointment of his or her successor unless, before that time, the officer resigns or is removed or is otherwise disqualified from serving as an officer of Bancorp or Cathay Bank.

      The information under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

      The information under the captions “Compensation of Directors”, “Management Compensation”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 
Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

      The information set forth under the captions “Principal Holders of Securities,” “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and “Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The information under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Certain Transactions” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.     Controls and Procedures

      The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) within 90 days of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

      There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of such evaluation.

PART IV

 
Item 15.      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

Documents Filed as Part of this Report

      (a)(1) Financial Statements

           See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 77.

      (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

  Schedules have been omitted since they are not applicable, they are not required, or the information required to be set forth in the schedules is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

      (a)(3) Exhibits

69


 

   3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Registration Statement No. 33-33767 and refiled herein.
 
   3.2  Restated Bylaws. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
   3.3  Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
   4.1  Rights Agreement. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A on December 20, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

  10.1  Form of Indemnity Agreements between Bancorp and its directors and certain officers. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Registration Statement No. 33-33767 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
  10.2  Amended and Restated Cathay Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 1997. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Registration Statement on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
  10.3  Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Bancorp. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Registration Statement No. 33-33767 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
  10.4  Equity Incentive Plan of Bancorp. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.*
 
  22.1  Subsidiaries of Bancorp. Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
  23.1  Consent of Independent Auditors
 
  99.1  CEO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
  99.2  CFO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


Management compensatory plan

      (b) Reports on Form 8-K

      The Company did not file any reports on Form 8-K during the last quarter of 2002.

70


 

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  Cathay Bancorp, Inc.

  By:  /s/ DUNSON K. CHENG
 
  Dunson K. Cheng
  Chairman and President

Date: February 28, 2003

Powers of Attorney

      KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dunson K. Cheng and Anthony M. Tang, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



/s/ DUNSON K. CHENG

Dunson K. Cheng
  President, Chairman of
the Board and Director
(principal executive officer)
  February 28, 2003
 
/s/ ANTHONY M. TANG

Anthony M. Tang
  Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer/
Treasurer and Director
(principal financial officer)
(principal accounting officer)
  February 28, 2003
 
/s/ RALPH ROY BUON-CRISTIANI

Ralph Roy Buon-Cristiani
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ KELLY L. CHAN

Kelly L. Chan
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ MICHAEL M.Y. CHANG

Michael M.Y. Chang
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ GEORGE T.M. CHING

George T.M. Ching
  Director   February 28, 2003

71


 

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ WING K. FAT

Wing K. Fat
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ PATRICK S.D. LEE

Patrick S.D. Lee
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ JOSEPH C.H. POON

Joseph C.H. Poon
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ THOMAS G. TARTAGLIA

Thomas G. Tartaglia
  Director   February 28, 2003
 
/s/ WILBUR K. WOO

Wilbur K. Woo
  Director   February 28, 2003

72


 

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Dunson K. Cheng, certify that:

      1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cathay Bancorp, Inc.;

      2.     Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

      3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

      4.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

        a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
        b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
        c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

      5.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

        a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
        b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

      6.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

  By  /s/ DUNSON K. CHENG
 
  Dunson K. Cheng
  Chairman and President

Date: February 28, 2003

73


 

I, Anthony M. Tang, certify that:

      1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cathay Bancorp, Inc.;

      2.     Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

      3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

      4.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

        a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
        b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
        c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

      5.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

        a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
        b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

      6.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

  By  /s/ ANTHONY M. TANG
 
  Anthony M. Tang
  Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 28, 2003

74


 

Exhibit 99.1

CEO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

      In connection with the Annual Report of Cathay Bancorp, Inc., and Subsidiary (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dunson K. Cheng, chief executive officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

        (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
        (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

  By  /s/ DUNSON K. CHENG
 
  Dunson K. Cheng
  Chairman and President

Date: February 28, 2003

75


 

Exhibit 99.2

CFO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

      In connection with the Annual Report of Cathay Bancorp, Inc., and Subsidiary (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anthony M. Tang, chief financial officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

        (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
        (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

  By  /s/ ANTHONY M. TANG
 
  Anthony M. Tang
  Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 28, 2003

76


 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Page

Independent Auditors’ Report
    78  
Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2002 and 2001
    79  
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for each of the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
    80  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
    81  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
    82  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    83  
Parent-only condensed financial information of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is included in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
    109  

77


 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Cathay Bancorp, Inc.:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

      As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002.

  KPMG LLP

Los Angeles, California
January 15, 2003

78


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

                     
As of December 31,

2002 2001


(In thousands, except share
and per share data)
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
  $ 70,777     $ 73,514  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    19,000       13,000  
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    89,777       86,514  
Securities available-for-sale (amortized cost of $238,740 in 2002 and $241,788 in 2001)
    248,273       248,958  
Securities held-to-maturity (estimated fair value of $477,782 in 2002 and $382,814 in 2001)
    459,452       374,356  
Loans
    1,877,227       1,667,905  
 
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (24,543 )     (23,973 )
 
Unamortized deferred loan fees
    (4,606 )     (3,900 )
     
     
 
 
Loans, net
    1,848,078       1,640,032  
Other real estate owned, net
    653       1,555  
Investments in real estate, net
    21,678       17,727  
Premises and equipment, net
    29,788       29,403  
Customers’ liability on acceptances
    10,608       12,729  
Accrued interest receivable
    14,453       14,545  
Goodwill
    6,552       6,552  
Other assets
    24,686       20,743  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 2,753,998     $ 2,453,114  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits
               
 
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 302,828     $ 260,427  
 
Interest-bearing accounts:
               
   
NOW accounts
    148,085       135,650  
   
Money market accounts
    161,580       136,806  
   
Savings accounts
    290,226       252,322  
   
Time deposits under $100
    425,138       414,490  
   
Time deposits of $100 or more
    986,786       922,653  
     
     
 
   
Total deposits
    2,314,643       2,122,348  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    28,500       22,114  
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    50,000       30,000  
Acceptances outstanding
    10,608       12,729  
Other liabilities
    62,286       19,912  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    2,466,037       2,207,103  
Stockholders’ equity
               
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
           
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 18,305,255 issued and 17,999,955 outstanding in 2002, and 18,235,538 issued and 17,957,738 outstanding in 2001
    183       182  
 
Treasury stock, at cost (305,300 shares in 2002, and 277,800 shares in 2001)
    (8,287 )     (7,342 )
 
Additional paid-in-capital
    70,857       68,517  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    6,719       5,063  
 
Retained earnings
    218,489       179,591  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    287,961       246,011  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,753,998     $ 2,453,114  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

79


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands, except share and per share data)
INTEREST INCOME
                       
 
Interest on loans
  $ 107,693     $ 120,591     $ 126,337  
 
Interest on securities available-for-sale
    14,847       13,762       13,473  
 
Interest on securities held-to-maturity
    20,676       23,627       24,017  
 
Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    813       1,316       686  
 
Interest on deposits with banks
    32       56       40  
     
     
     
 
 
Total interest income
    144,061       159,352       164,553  
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
 
Time deposits of $100 or more
    23,351       40,005       41,431  
 
Other deposits
    13,388       23,859       26,514  
 
Other borrowed funds
    3,181       2,289       6,211  
     
     
     
 
 
Total interest expense
    39,920       66,153       74,156  
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
    104,141       93,199       90,397  
 
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       6,373       4,200  
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    98,141       86,826       86,197  
     
     
     
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME
                       
 
Securities gains
    1,926       2,157       1,085  
 
Letters of credit commissions
    1,947       2,152       2,439  
 
Depository service fees
    5,755       5,097       4,558  
 
Other operating income
    6,543       5,373       4,674  
     
     
     
 
 
Total non-interest income
    16,171       14,779       12,756  
     
     
     
 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    25,716       23,689       22,735  
 
Occupancy expense
    3,730       3,422       3,242  
 
Computer and equipment expense
    3,225       2,928       2,773  
 
Professional services expense
    4,036       5,395       3,625  
 
FDIC and State assessments
    501       475       462  
 
Marketing expense
    1,405       1,449       1,172  
 
Other real estate owned (income)
    (349 )     (3,589 )     (185 )
 
Operations of investments in real estate
    2,038       2,257       683  
 
Other operating expense
    3,015       4,139       3,997  
     
     
     
 
 
Total non-interest expense
    43,317       40,165       38,504  
Income before income tax expense
    70,995       61,440       60,449  
Income tax expense
    22,295       18,820       21,862  
     
     
     
 
Net income
    48,700       42,620       38,587  
     
     
     
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                       
 
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year
    3,290       2,408       3,084  
 
Cumulative adjustment upon adoption of SFAS No. 133
          566        
 
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives
    326       303        
 
Less: reclassification adjustments included in net income
    1,960       517       (225 )
     
     
     
 
 
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax
    1,656       2,760       3,309  
     
     
     
 
Total comprehensive income
  $ 50,356     $ 45,380     $ 41,896  
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share
                       
 
Basic
  $ 2.71     $ 2.35     $ 2.13  
 
Diluted
  $ 2.69     $ 2.35     $ 2.13  
Basic average common shares outstanding
    17,991,333       18,107,790       18,113,502  
Diluted average common shares outstanding
    18,115,119       18,165,260       18,147,770  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

80


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

                                                         
Common Stock Accumulated

Additional Other Total
Number Paid-in- Comprehensive Retained Treasury Stockholders’
of Shares Amount Capital Income (Loss) Earnings Stock Equity


(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 1999
    18,067,166     $ 180     $ 64,529     $ (1,006 )   $ 115,406     $     $ 179,109  
Issuances of common stock —
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    78,660       1       1,690                         1,691  
Stock options exercised
    2,904             48                         48  
Tax benefits from stock plans
                8                         8  
Cash dividends of $0.440 per share
                            (7,965 )           (7,965 )
Change in other comprehensive income
                      3,309                   3,309  
Net income
                            38,587             38,587  

Balance at December 31, 2000
    18,148,730       181       66,275       2,303       146,028             214,787  

Issuances of common stock —
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    69,314       1       1,810                         1,811  
Stock options exercised
    17,494             347                         347  
Tax benefits from stock plans
                85                         85  
Purchases of treasury stock
    (277,800 )                             (7,342 )     (7,342 )
Cash dividends of $0.500 per share
                            (9,057 )           (9,057 )
Change in other comprehensive income
                      2,760                   2,760  
Net income
                            42,620             42,620  

Balance at December 31, 2001
    17,957,738       182       68,517       5,063       179,591       (7,342 )     246,011  

Issuances of common stock —
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    54,515       1       1,897                         1,898  
Stock options exercised
    15,202             294                         294  
Tax benefit from stock plans
                149                         149  
Purchases of treasury stock
    (27,500 )                             (945 )     (945 )
Cash dividends of $0.545 per share
                            (9,802 )           (9,802 )
Change in other comprehensive income
                      1,656                   1,656  
Net income
                            48,700             48,700  

Balance at December 31, 2002
    17,999,955     $ 183     $ 70,857     $ 6,719     $ 218,489     $ (8,287 )   $ 287,961  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

81


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                             
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                       
Net Income
  $ 48,700     $ 42,620     $ 38,587  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       6,373       4,200  
 
Provision for losses on other real estate owned
                71  
 
Deferred tax (benefit) liability
    (1,087 )     (2,361 )     637  
 
Depreciation
    1,596       1,472       1,500  
 
Net gains on sale of loans
    (433 )            
 
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned
    (395 )     (3,376 )     (263 )
 
Gain on sales and calls of securities
    (2,267 )     (2,222 )     (1,085 )
 
Write-downs on venture capital investment
    341       65        
 
Amortization of investment security premiums, net
    773       575       (926 )
 
Amortization of intangibles
    198       864       815  
 
Tax benefits from stock options
    149       85       8  
 
Increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees, net
    706       (239 )     544  
 
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable
    92       1,088       (2,483 )
 
(Increase) decrease in other assets, net
    (4,780 )     2,200       (1,372 )
 
Increase in other liabilities
    43,461       2,840       9,666  
     
     
     
 
   
Total adjustments
    44,354       7,364       11,312  
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by operating activities
    93,054       49,984       49,899  
     
     
     
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                       
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale
    (232,361 )     (952,258 )     (660,275 )
Proceeds from maturity and call of investment securities available-for-sale
    221,792       865,867       678,368  
Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale
    22,036       22,179       21,443  
Purchase of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
                (949 )
Proceeds from repayment and sale of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    4,425       8,421       6,955  
Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity
    (36,103 )     (82,313 )     (47,824 )
Proceeds from maturity and call of investment securities held-to-maturity
    13,226       60,295       17,519  
Purchase of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    (140,958 )     (40,052 )     (29,604 )
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    66,980       63,155       38,802  
Proceeds from sale of loans
    15,347              
Net increase in loans
    (230,073 )     (204,516 )     (200,298 )
Purchase of premises and equipment
    (1,981 )     (1,152 )     (5,924 )
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
    1,704       6,995       3,187  
Net increase in investments in real estate
    (3,951 )     (379 )     (361 )
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash used in investing activities
    (299,917 )     (253,758 )     (178,961 )
     
     
     
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                       
Net increase in demand deposits, NOW accounts, Money market and savings deposits
    117,514       86,187       47,899  
Net increase in time deposits
    74,781       159,714       106,812  
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    6,386       (46,059 )     21,183  
Increase (decrease) in borrowing from Federal Home Loan Bank
    20,000       20,000       (20,000 )
Cash dividends
    (9,802 )     (9,057 )     (7,965 )
Proceeds from shares issued to Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    1,898       1,811       1,691  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    294       347       48  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (945 )     (7,342 )      
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by financing activities
    210,126       205,601       149,668  
     
     
     
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    3,263       1,827       20,606  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
    86,514       84,687       64,081  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
  $ 89,777     $ 86,514     $ 84,687  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
 
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
   
Interest
  $ 40,440     $ 68,020     $ 72,644  
   
Income taxes
  $ 17,046     $ 5,561     $ 17,411  
 
Non-cash investing activities:
                       
   
Transfer to investment securities available-for-sale within 90 days of maturity
  $ 10,964     $ 11,722     $ 59,858  
   
Net change in unrealized holding gain on securities available-for-sale, net of tax
  $ 1,330     $ 1,891     $ 3,309  
   
Cumulative adjustment upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, net of tax
  $     $ 566     $  
   
Net change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives, net of tax
  $ 326     $ 303     $  
   
Transfers to other real estate owned
  $ 407     $ 1,057     $ 5,347  
   
Loans to facilitate the sale of other real estate owned
  $     $ 5,400     $ 1,515  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

82


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cathay Bank (“Bank”), a California state-chartered bank (together, the “Company”). All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry.

      Organization and Background. The business activities of Bancorp consist primarily of the operations of the Bank and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Cathay Investment Company (“CIC”) and Cathay Securities Fund, Inc., a registered investment company of the Bank. The Company has applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission to deregister this registered investment company.

      There are no operating business activities currently at Bancorp. The Bank is a commercial bank, servicing primarily the individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses in the local markets in which its branches are located. Its operations include the acceptance of checking, savings, and time deposits, and the making of commercial, real estate and consumer loans. The Bank also offers trade financing, letter of credit, wire transfer, spot and forward contracts, internet banking, investment services, and other customary banking services to its customers.

      Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimate subject to change relates to the allowance for loan losses. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ financial statements to conform to the 2002 presentation. The following are descriptions of the more significant of these policies.

      Securities. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity when management has the ability and intent to hold these securities until maturity. Securities are classified as available-for-sale when management intends to hold the securities for an indefinite period of time, or when the securities may be utilized for tactical asset/ liability purposes, and may be sold from time to time to manage interest rate exposure and resultant prepayment risk and liquidity needs. Securities purchased are designated as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale at the time of acquisition.

      Securities held-to-maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts on a level-yield basis. The carrying value of these assets is not adjusted for temporary declines in fair value since the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, and any unrealized holding gains or losses are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income until realized. Realized gains or losses are determined on the specific identification method. Premium and discounts are amortized or accreted as adjustment of yield on a level-yield basis.

      The cost basis of an individual security is written down, if the decline in its fair value below the amortized cost basis is other than temporary. The write-down is accounted for as a realized loss, and is included in net income. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value.

      Loans. Loans are carried at amounts advanced, less principal payments collected and net deferred loan fees. Interest is accrued and earned daily on an actual or 360-day basis. Interest accruals on business loans and non-residential real estate loans are generally discontinued whenever the payment of interest or principal is 90 days or more past due. Such loans are placed on non-accrual status, unless the loan is well secured, and there is a high probability of recovery in full, as determined by management. When loans are placed on a non-accrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed and charged against current period income, and interest is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash is received. Interest collected on non-accrual

83


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

loans is applied to the outstanding principal balance unless the loan is returned to accrual status. In order to be returned to accrual status, all past due payments must be received and the loan must be paying in accordance with its payment terms. Loan origination fees and commitment fees, offset by certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized over the contractual life of the loan as a yield adjustment. If a loan is placed on non-accrual status, the amortization of the loan fees and the accretion of discounts discontinue until such time when the loan is reverted back to accruing status.

      Allowance for Loan Losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is being maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for estimable and probable losses. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are made monthly by charges to operating expense in the form of a provision for loan losses. All loans judged to be un-collectible are charged against the allowance while any recoveries are credited to the allowance.

      Management monitors changing economic conditions, the loan mix by category, the industry segregation, and geographic distribution of the portfolio and the type of borrowers in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Management also closely reviews its past, present and expected overall net loan losses in comparison to the existing level of the allowance. In addition, the Bank’s regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make additions to its allowance for loan losses based on the judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

      Impaired Loans. A loan is considered impaired when it is “probable” that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due (i.e. both principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The measurement of impairment may be based on (1) the present value of the expected future cash flows of the impaired loan discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, (2) the observable market price of the impaired loan or (3) the fair value of the collateral of a collateral-dependent loan. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measure of the impaired loan is recognized by recording a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. The Company stratifies its loan portfolio by size and treats smaller performing loans with an outstanding balance less than the Company’s defined criteria as a homogenous portfolio. For loans with a balance in excess of $750,000, the Company conducts a periodic review of each loan in order to test for impairment. The Company recognizes interest income on impaired loans based on its existing method of recognizing interest income on non-accrual loans.

      Letter of Credit Fees. Issuance and commitment fees received for the issuance of commercial or standby letters of credit are recognized over the term of the instruments.

      Premises and Equipment. Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

     
Type Estimated Useful Life


Buildings
  15 to 45 years
Building improvements
  5 to 20 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
  3 to 25 years
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of useful lives or the terms of the lease

      Improvements are capitalized and amortized to occupancy expense based on the above table.

      Other Real Estate Owned. Real estate acquired in the settlement of loans is initially recorded and subsequently is carried at fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Specific valuation allowances on other real estate owned are recorded through charges to operations to recognize declines in fair value subsequent to foreclosure. Gains on sales are recognized when certain criteria relating to the buyer’s initial and continuing investment in the property are met.

84


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Investments in Real Estate. At December 31, 2002, the Company is a limited partner in seven different partnerships that invest in low-income housing projects that qualify for Federal and/or State income tax credits. As further discussed in Note 6, the partnership interests are accounted for utilizing the equity method of accounting. The costs related directly to the development or the improvement of real estate are capitalized. Gains on sales are recognized when certain criteria relating to the buyer’s initial and continuing investment in the property are met.

      Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company was required to reassess the useful lives and residual values of all intangible assets acquired in purchase business combinations, and make any necessary amortization period adjustments by the end of the first interim period. In addition, to the extent an intangible asset was identified as having an indefinite useful life, the Company was required to test the intangible asset for impairment in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Any impairment loss is measured as of the date of adoption and recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the first interim period. The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002. Upon adoption, the Company discontinued the amortization of goodwill and reclassified $2.33 million from goodwill to core deposit intangible, which is classified under other assets in the Statements of Financial Condition. The Company also reassessed the useful lives and residual value of all intangible assets acquired in purchase business combinations, and tested goodwill for impairment, and found no impairment.

      Prior to 2002, goodwill, was amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected periods to be benefited (generally 15 years). Amortization expense related to goodwill was $661,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001. The following table reconciles previously reported net income as if the provisions of SFAS No. 142 were in effect during the past three years.

                           
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands,
except per share data)
Net income
                       
 
As reported
  $ 48,700     $ 42,620     $ 38,587  
 
Add back goodwill amortization
    -       661       661  
     
     
     
 
 
Pro forma
  $ 48,700     $ 43,281     $ 39,248  
     
     
     
 
Basic net income per share
                       
 
As reported
    $2.71     $ 2.35     $ 2.13  
 
Pro forma
    2.71       2.39       2.17  
Diluted net income per share
                       
 
As reported
    2.69       2.35       2.13  
 
Pro forma
    2.69       2.38       2.16  

      Core Deposit Premium. Core deposit premium, which represents the purchase price over the fair value of the deposits acquired from other financial institutions, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected periods to be benefited (generally 15 years). The Company assesses the recoverability of this

85


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

intangible asset by determining whether the amortization of the premium balance over its remaining life can be recovered through the remaining deposit portfolio.

      At December 31, 2002, the unamortized balance of core deposit premium was $2.13 million. Aggregate amortization expense for core deposit premium for the year ended December 31, 2002, was $198,000. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is: $188,000 in 2003, $188,000 in 2004, $188,000 in 2005, $176,000 in 2006, and $176,000 in 2007.

      Stock-Based Compensation. The Company applies the intrinsic value method to account for stock-based compensation whereby expense is recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. Pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share disclosures for employee stock option grants are based on the recognition as expense, over the vesting period, of the fair value on the date of grant of all stock-based awards.

      The Company estimated the fair value of options granted in 2002, 2001, and 2000 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with following assumptions: (i) an expected life of the option of four years, (ii) a stock price volatility of 35.80% in 2002 and 2001, and 33.88% in 2000 based on daily market prices for the preceding four-year period, (iii) an expected dividend yield of 3.07% per share per annum in 2002, 1.66% per share per annum in 2001, and 2.1% per share per annum in 2000, and (iv) a risk-free interest rate of 2.34% in 2002, 3.89% in 2001, and 5.1% in 2000. The fair value of the options was calculated to be $7.75 per share for options granted in 2002 at the date of grant, $8.78 per share for options granted in 2001 at the date of grant, and $6.03 per share for options granted in 2000 at the date of grant, on a split-adjusted basis.

      If the compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plan had been determined with the fair value at the grant dates, computed using the assumptions above, for awards under the Plan consistent with the method of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” the Company’s net income and earnings per share for 2002, 2001, and 2000 would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below.

                           
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands,
except per share data)
Net income
                       
 
As reported
  $ 48,700     $ 42,620     $ 38,587  
 
Pro forma
    48,490       42,276       38,457  
Basic net income per share
                       
 
As reported
    2.71       2.35       2.13  
 
Pro forma
    2.70       2.34       2.13  
Diluted net income per share
                       
 
As reported
    2.69       2.35       2.13  
 
Pro forma
    2.68       2.33       2.12  

      Stock Split. Earnings per share, dividends per share and average shares outstanding have been restated for periods prior to the stock split distributed on May 9, 2002, to stockholders of record on April 19, 2002. The par value of additional shares was capitalized by a transfer from retained earnings to common stock.

      Derivative Financial Instruments. It is the policy of the Company not to speculate on the future direction of interest rates. However, the Company enters into financial derivatives in order to seek mitigation of exposure to interest rate risks related to our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We believe that these transactions, when properly structured and managed, may provide a hedge against inherent interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities and against risk in specific transactions. In such instances, the Company may protect its position through the purchase or sale of interest rate futures contracts for a specific cash or interest rate risk position. Other hedge transactions may be implemented using interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors, financial futures, forward rate agreements, and options on futures or

86


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

bonds. Prior to considering any hedging activities, we seek to analyze the costs and benefits of the hedge in comparison to other viable alternative strategies. All hedges require an assessment of basis risk and must be approved by the Bank’s Investment Committee. For periods prior to January 1, 2001, for those qualifying financial derivatives that altered the interest rate characteristics of assets or liabilities, the net differential to be paid or received on the financial derivative was treated as an adjustment to the yield on the underlying assets or liabilities. Interest rate financial derivatives that did not qualify for the accrual method, were recorded at fair value, with gains and losses recorded in earnings.

      Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”), as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for financial derivatives, including certain financial derivatives embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. It requires the recognition of all financial derivatives as assets or liabilities in the Company’s statement of financial condition and measurement of those financial derivatives at fair value. The accounting treatment of changes in fair value is dependent upon whether or not a financial derivative is designated as a hedge and if so, the type of hedge.

      On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge), a foreign-currency fair-value or cash-flow hedge (foreign currency hedge), or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the item, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed, and a description of the method of measuring ineffectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair-value, cash-flow, or foreign-currency hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the statement of condition or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, the Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is based on dealer quotes, or quoted prices from instruments with similar characteristics. The Company uses financial derivatives designated for hedging activities as cash flow hedges. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.

      Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes is based on income reported for financial statement purposes, and differs from the amount of taxes currently payable, since certain income and expense items are reported for financial statement purposes in different periods than those for tax reporting purposes.

      The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

      Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income generally includes net income, foreign items, minimum pension liability adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on investments in securities available-for-sale, and cash flow hedges. Comprehensive income and its components

87


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

are reported and displayed in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Comprehensive income is a financial reporting concept and does not affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

      Net Income per Common Share. Earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed on a basic and diluted basis. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shares in the earnings of the Company. Amounts and share and per share data have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend, effective May 9, 2002.

      Statement of Cash Flows. Cash and cash equivalents include short-term, highly-liquid investments that generally have an original maturity of three months or less.

      Segment Information and Disclosures. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America establish standards to report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires reporting of selected information about operating segments in interim reports to stockholders. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company has concluded it has one segment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” For long-lived assets to be held and used, SFAS No. 144 retains the requirements of SFAS No. 121 to (a) recognize an impairment loss only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows and (b) measure an impairment loss as the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Further, SFAS No. 144 eliminates the requirement to allocate goodwill to long-lived assets to be tested for impairment, describes a probability-weighted cash flow estimation approach to deal with situations in which alternative courses of action to recover the carrying amount of a long-lived asset are under consideration or a range is estimated for the amount of possible future cash flows, and establishes a “primary-asset” approach to determine the cash flow estimation period. For long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, SFAS No. 144 retains the requirements of SFAS No. 121 to measure a long-lived asset classified as held-for-sale at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and to cease depreciation. Discontinued operations are no longer measured on a net realizable value basis, and future operating losses no longer are recognized before they occur. SFAS No. 144 broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include a component of an entity, establishes criteria to determine when a long-lived asset is held-for-sale, prohibits retroactive reclassification of the asset as held-for-sale at the balance sheet date if the criteria are met after the balance sheet date but before issuance of the financial statements, and provides accounting guidance for the reclassification of an asset from “held-for-sale” to “held-and-used.” The provisions of SFAS No. 144 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company adopted SFAS No. 144 effective January 1, 2002. Adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have any impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

      In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections.” SFAS No. 145 rescinds the SFAS No. 4 requirement that all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Henceforth, those gains and losses from extinguishment of debt are to be classified in accordance with the criteria in APB Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations — Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions.” SFAS No. 64, which amended SFAS No. 4, is no longer necessary with the rescission of SFAS No. 4. SFAS No. 44 was issued to establish accounting requirements for the effects of transition to the provisions of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980. Since

88


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the transition has been completed, SFAS No. 44 is no longer necessary. SFAS No. 145 amends SFAS No. 13 to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions to be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. SFAS No. 145 is effective for financial statements for periods beginning after May 15, 2002, and earlier adoption is recommended. The Company adopted SFAS No. 145 effective May 15, 2002. Adoption of SFAS No. 145 did not have any impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

      In July 2002, FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”. SFAS No. 146 applies to costs associated with an exit activity (including restructuring) or with a disposal of long-lived assets. Those activities can include eliminating or reducing product lines, terminating employees and contracts, and relocating plant facilities or personnel. Under SFAS No. 146, a company will record a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity when that liability is incurred and can be measured at fair value. A liability is incurred when an event leaves the company little or no discretion to avoid transferring or using the assets in the future. Previous accounting guidance was provided by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 did have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

      In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions.” SFAS No. 147 is an amendment of FASB statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9. The Statement addresses the financial accounting and reporting for the acquisition of all or part of a financial institution. It also provides guidance on the accounting for the impairment or disposal of acquired long-term customer relationship intangible assets. The provisions in paragraph 5 of this Statement are effective for acquisitions for which the date of acquisition is on or after October 1, 2002. The adoption of this statement had no impact on the Company.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure,” an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements. Certain of the disclosure modifications are required for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, and are included in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and a rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees issued. The Interpretation also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the Interpretation are applicable to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, and are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. The disclosure requirements are effective for financial statements of interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” an interpretation of ARB No. 51. This Interpretation addresses the consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities as defined in the Interpretation. The Interpretation applies immediately to variable interests in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interests in variable interest entities obtained after January 31, 2003. For public enterprises, such as the Company, with a variable interest

89


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

in a variable interest entity created before February 1, 2003, the Interpretation applies no later than the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003. The application of this Interpretation is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. The Interpretation requires certain disclosures in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, if it is reasonably possible that the Company will consolidate or disclose information about variable interest entities when the Interpretation becomes effective.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company owned interests in two limited partnerships, for which it is reasonably possible that the limited partnerships may be construed to be variable interest entities subject to consolidation under Interpretation No. 46. Both of these investments were formed for the purpose of investing in low-income housing projects, which qualify for federal low-income housing tax credits and/or California tax credits, and at December 31, 2002, the carrying amount of those investments in real estate was $4.95 million. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had fully satisfied all capital commitments required under these two investments in real estate, and in addition, under the terms of both limited partnership agreements, the Company is not liable for the debts, liabilities, contracts, or any other obligation of these limited partnerships. Application of Interpretation No. 46 for the Company will be the third quarter of 2003. The Company has not completed its analysis to determine the impact to the Company in adopting the application of Interpretation No. 46. However, the Company expects that the adoption will not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

2.     Cash and Cash Equivalents

      The Company manages its cash and cash equivalents, which consist of cash on hand, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and money market accounts, based upon the Company’s operating, investment and financing activities. For the purpose of reporting cash flows, these same accounts are included in cash and cash equivalents.

      The Company is required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve. Reserve requirements are based on a percentage of deposit liabilities. The average reserve balances required were $5,874,000 for 2002 and $3,288,000 for 2001.

      Securities purchased under agreements to resell are collateralized by U.S. government agency and mortgaged-backed securities at December 31, 2002 and 2001. These agreements generally mature in one business day. The counter-parties to these agreements are nationally recognized investment banking firms that meet credit requirements of the Company and with whom a master repurchase agreement has been duly executed. The following table sets forth information with respect to securities purchased under resale agreements.

                 
2002 2001


(In thousands)
Balance, December 31
  $ 14,000     $  
Annualized weighted-average interest rate, December 31
    1.33 %     %
Average amount outstanding during the year(1)
  $ 42,573     $ 27,897  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.70 %     4.12 %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
  $ 52,000     $ 36,000  

(1)  Average balance were computed using daily averages.

      For those securities obtained under the resale agreements, the collateral is either held by a third party custodian or by the counter-party and segregated under written agreements that recognize the Company’s interest in the securities. Interest income associated with securities purchased under resale agreements totaled $724,000 for 2002, $1,149,000 for 2001, and $513,000 for 2000.

90


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table sets forth information with respect to federal funds sold.

                 
2002 2001


(In thousands)
Balance, December 31
  $ 5,000     $ 13,000  
Annualized weighted-average interest rate, December 31
    1.01 %     1.01 %
Average amount outstanding during the year(1)
  $ 6,393     $ 4,500  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.40 %     3.70 %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
  $ 22,000     $ 13,000  

(1)  Average balance were computed using daily averages.

3.     Securities

      Securities Available-for-Sale. The following table reflects the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair values of securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

Available-For-Sale

                                   
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value




(In thousands)
2002
                               
U.S. government agencies
  $ 162,287     $ 7,896     $     $ 170,183  
State and municipals securities
    100                   100  
Mortgage-backed securities
    5,767       380             6,147  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    808       39             847  
Asset-backed securities
    9,997       513             10,510  
Corporate bonds
    30,755       2,314             33,069  
Equity securities
    29,026             1,609       27,417  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 238,740     $ 11,142     $ 1,609     $ 248,273  
     
     
     
     
 
2001
                               
U.S. government agencies
  $ 113,873     $ 4,500     $ 49     $ 118,324  
State and municipal securities
    8,336       213       6       8,543  
Mortgage-backed securities
    2,658       47             2,705  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    9,994       401             10,395  
Asset-backed securities
    20,000                   20,000  
Corporate bonds
    57,973       2,532       171       60,334  
Equity securities
    28,954       34       331       28,657  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 241,788     $ 7,727     $ 557     $ 248,958  
     
     
     
     
 

      The amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale, except for mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and venture capital investments, at December 31, 2002, by contractual maturities are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties.

91


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                   
Amortized Fair
Cost Value


(In thousands)
Due in one year or less(1)
  $ 39,124     $ 37,718  
Due after one year through five years
    168,177       177,691  
Due after five years through ten years
    24,864       25,870  
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    6,575       6,994  
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 238,740     $ 248,273  
     
     
 


(1)  Equity securities are reported in this category.

      Proceeds from sales and repayments of securities available-for-sale were $26,461,000 during 2002 and $30,600,000 during 2001. Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale were $221,792,000 during 2002 and $865,867,000 during 2001. Gains realized on securities available-for-sale were $2,252,000, and losses realized were $341,000 in 2002 compared with $1,057,000 in gains and $65,000 in losses realized in 2001. There were no gains in 2000, and losses realized in 2000 were $18,000.

      Securities Held-to-Maturity. The carrying value, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and estimated fair values of securities held-to-maturity are as follows at December 31, 2002 and 2001:

Held-To-Maturity

                                   
Gross Gross
Carrying Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
Value Gains Losses Fair Value




(In thousands)
2002
                               
U.S. government agencies
  $ 49,996     $ 2,032     $     $ 52,028  
State and municipal securities
    72,770       5,392       6       78,156  
Mortgage-backed securities
    66,135       3,231             69,366  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    168,055       1,664       60       169,659  
Asset-backed securities
    9,999       349             10,348  
Corporate bonds
    72,611       4,471       253       76,829  
Other securities
    19,886       1,510             21,396  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 459,452     $ 18,649     $ 319     $ 477,782  
     
     
     
     
 
2001
                               
U.S. government agencies
  $ 50,017     $ 1,251     $     $ 51,268  
State and municipal securities
    69,906       2,049       380       71,575  
Mortgage-backed securities
    110,342       2,726       14       113,054  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    50,282       657       57       50,882  
Asset-backed securities
    920       1             921  
Corporate bonds
    73,031       1,822       81       74,772  
Other securities
    19,858       484             20,342  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 374,356     $ 8,990     $ 532     $ 382,814  
     
     
     
     
 

      The carrying value and estimated fair value of securities held-to-maturity, except for mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, at December 31, 2002, by contractual maturities are shown

92


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties.

                   
Amortized Fair
Cost Value


(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
  $ 19,712     $ 20,172  
Due after one year through five years
    114,617       119,146  
Due after five years through ten years
    55,959       62,073  
Due after ten years
    34,974       37,366  
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    234,190       239,025  
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 459,452     $ 477,782  
     
     
 

      Proceeds from repayment of securities held-to-maturity were $66,980,000 during 2002 and $63,155,000 during 2001. Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities held-to-maturity were $13,226,000 during 2002 and $60,295,000 during 2001. The Company realized gross gains of $14,000 for 2002, $314,000 for 2001, and less than $1,000 for 2000, on call of securities. No losses were realized for 2002, 2001, or 2000.

      Securities having a carrying value of $153,138,000 at December 31, 2002, and $125,250,000 at December 31, 2001, were pledged to secure public deposits, treasury tax and loan, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

      Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost, and included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The carrying amount of the FHLB stock at December 31, 2002, was $5.56 million compared to $5.64 million at December 31, 2001. The Federal Home Loan Bank Act currently governs the level of stock ownership, and the stock is purchased and redeemed at par. The amount of Federal Home Loan Bank stock required is based on the member’s year-end outstanding mortgage-backed securities, residential mortgages, and advances from the FHLB.

4.     Loans

      Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in the predominantly Asian areas of Southern and Northern California, New York City, and Houston, Texas. The Company has no specific industry concentration, and generally its loans are collateralized with real property or other pledged collateral of the borrowers. Loans are generally expected to be paid-off from the operating profits of the borrowers,

93


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

refinancing by another lender or through sale by the borrowers of the secured collateral. The components of loans in the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, were as follows:

                 
2002 2001


(In thousands)
Type of Loans:
               
Commercial loans
  $ 563,675     $ 506,128  
Residential mortgage loans
    182,414       195,562  
Commercial mortgage loans
    943,391       738,379  
Equity lines
    48,957       40,352  
Real estate construction loans
    122,773       166,417  
Installment loans
    15,570       20,322  
Other loans
    447       745  
     
     
 
Gross loans
    1,877,227       1,667,905  
     
     
 
Less
               
Allowance for loan losses
    (24,543 )     (23,973 )
Unamortized deferred loan fees
    (4,606 )     (3,900 )
     
     
 
Net loans
  $ 1,848,078     $ 1,640,032  
     
     
 

      The Company previously sold participations in certain residential mortgage loans to buyers in the secondary market. These participations covered substantially all of the loan balances and were sold without recourse. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had $8,211,000 of these loans in its servicing portfolio, which included loans sold in 2002, totaling $7,045,000. There were no loan sales in 2001. There were no loans held for sale as of December 31, 2002 and 2001. The Company pledged approximately $81,183,000 of its residential mortgage loans as of December 31, 2002, and $96,413,000 as of December 31, 2001, to secure a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

      The allowance for loan losses is a significant estimate that can and does change based on management’s process in analyzing the loan portfolio and on management’s assumptions about specific borrowers and applicable economic and environmental conditions, among other factors. An analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 is as follows:

                         
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 23,973     $ 21,967     $ 19,502  
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       6,373       4,200  
Loans charged-off
    (5,976 )     (4,663 )     (1,905 )
Recoveries of charged-off loans
    546       296       170  
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 24,543     $ 23,973     $ 21,967  
     
     
     
 

      The Company had identified impaired loans with a recorded investment to be approximately $19,591,000 as of December 31, 2002, and $19,350,000 as of December 31, 2001. The average balances of impaired loans were $24,763,000 for 2002, $23,465,000 for 2001, and $29,516,000 for 2000. Interest collected on impaired loans totaled $1,223,000 in 2002, $959,000 in 2001, and $2,120,000 in 2000. The Bank recognizes interest

94


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

income on impaired loans based on its existing method of recognizing interest income on non-accrual loans. The following table is a breakdown of impaired loans and the related specific allowance:

                           
Recorded Allocated
Investment Allowance Net Balance



(In thousands)
2002
                       
Commercial
  $ 3,883     $ 629     $ 3,254  
Real estate(1)
    15,707       2,356       13,351  
Other
    1       1        
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 19,591     $ 2,986     $ 16,605  
     
     
     
 
2001
                       
Commercial
  $ 6,924     $ 2,143     $ 4,781  
Real estate(1)
    12,426       1,764       10,662  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 19,350     $ 3,907     $ 15,443  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Real Estate includes commercial mortgage loans, construction loans, and residential mortgage loans

      In addition, accruing loans past due 90 days or more had outstanding balances of $2.50 million at year-end 2002 compared with $689,000 at year-end 2001. On January 3, 2003, one accruing commercial mortgage loan past due 90 days or more, with a recorded investment of $1.10 million was paid-off.

      The Company has entered into transactions with its directors, significant stockholders, and their affiliates (“Related Parties”). Such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers. In management’s opinion, these transactions did not involve more than normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. All loans to Related Parties were current as of December 31, 2002. An analysis of the activity with respect to loans to Related Parties is as follows:

         
(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2000
  $ 12,899  
Additional loans made
    21,060  
Payments received
    (15,147 )
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
    18,812  
Additional loans made(1)
    81,095  
Payments received(1)
    (67,730 )
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $ 32,177  
     
 


(1)  The increase loans made to and payments received from related parties is primarily attributable to two lines of credit made to the spouse of one director, in the amount of $10 million each. Each line is secured by a separate time deposit of $10 million each. The purpose of the lines is for business investment. The director is not a party to either credit relationship.

95


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following is a summary of non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and the related net interest foregone for the years then ended:

                         
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Non-accrual Loans
  $ 4,124     $ 7,238     $ 14,696  
     
     
     
 
Contractual interest due
  $ 321     $ 823     $ 1,408  
Interest recognized
    34       96       627  
     
     
     
 
Net interest foregone
  $ 287     $ 727     $ 781  
     
     
     
 
                         
Troubled Debt Restructurings $5,266 $4,726 $4,531
     
     
     
 
Contractual interest due
  $ 338     $ 409     $ 422  
Interest recognized
    258       370       407  
     
     
     
 
Net interest foregone
  $ 80     $ 39     $ 15  
     
     
     
 

      As of December 31, 2002, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to those borrowers whose loans have been restructured, impaired, or in non-accrual status.

5.     Other Real Estate Owned

      The balance of other real estate owned at December 31, 2002, was $653,000 and at December 31, 2001, was $1,555,000. The valuation allowance was $131,000 at December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001. The following table presents the components of other real estate owned expense (income) for the year ended:

                         
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Operating expense (income)
  $ 46     $ (213 )   $ 7  
Provision for losses
                71  
Net gain on disposal
    (395 )     (3,376 )     (263 )
     
     
     
 
Total other real estate owned (income)
  $ (349 )   $ (3,589 )   $ (185 )
     
     
     
 

      An analysis of the activity in the allowance for other real estate losses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 is as follows:

                         
2002 2001 2000



Balance, beginning of year
  $ 131     $ 131     $ 614  
Provision for losses
                71  
Charge-offs on disposal
                (554 )
     
     
     
 
Balance, end of year
  $ 131     $ 131     $ 131  
     
     
     
 

6.     Investments in Real Estate

      The Company’s investments in real estate were $21,678,000 as of December 31, 2002, and $17,727,000 as of December 31, 2001, consisting of seven investments in limited partnerships formed for the purpose of investing in low income housing projects, qualified for Federal low income housing tax credits. The limited partnerships are expected to generate tax credits over a weighted-average remaining period of approximately eleven years. In addition to the Federal tax credits, the California Corporate Tax Credit Fund, the WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund California — Series 2, and the WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund New York — Series 3, also qualified for State tax credits. See Note 9 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for income tax effects. In 2002, the Company acquired an interest in three additional real estate

96


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

investment as follows: an interest in Lend Lease ITC XXIII with a contribution of $4,874,000, an interest in WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X New York — Series 3, with an initial contribution of $577,000, and an interest in the WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X California — Series 2, with an initial contribution of $415,000, and an additional contribution of $122,000 in October 2002. The following table presents the details of the seven projects as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

      The following table summarizes the composition of our investments in real estate as of the dates indicated:

                                 
Carrying Amount

Percentage of Acquisition December 31, December 31,
Ownership Date 2002 2001




(Dollars in thousands)
Las Brisas
    49.5 %     December 1993     $     $  
Los Robles
    99.0 %     August 1995       386       386  
California Corporate Tax Credit Fund III
    32.5 %     March 1999       11,128       12,426  
Wilshire Courtyard
    99.9 %     May 1999       4,568       4,915  
Lend Lease ITC XXIII
    4.5 %     March 2002       4,546        
WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X New York — Series 3
    4.2 %     August 2002       529        
WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X California — Series 2
    6.0 %     September 2002       521        
                     
     
 
                    $ 21,678     $ 17,727  
                     
     
 

      The Company’s 99.00% and 99.90% interests in the Los Robles and Wilshire Courtyard limited partnerships were not consolidated as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, because the Company did not have control over the operation of these limited partnerships. The Company’s investments are accounted for by using the equity method of accounting. The Company recognized a net loss of approximately $2,038,000 in 2002, $2,257,000 in 2001, and $683,000 in 2000, from the limited partnerships’ operations.

7.     Premises and Equipment

      Premises and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2002, and 2001:

                 
2002 2001


(In thousands)
Land and land improvements
  $ 11,953     $ 11,800  
Building and building improvements
    17,687       17,685  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    15,536       14,414  
Other
    3,404       2,512  
Construction in process
    70       291  
     
     
 
      48,650       46,702  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    18,862       17,299  
     
     
 
Premises and equipment, net
  $ 29,788     $ 29,403  
     
     
 

      The amount of depreciation included in operating expense was $1,596,000 in 2002, $1,472,000 in 2001, and $1,500,000 in 2000.

97


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8.     Borrowings

      Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase. The underlying collateral pledged for the repurchase agreements consists of U.S. government agency security with a carrying value of $29,972,000 and a fair value of $31,172,000 as of December 31, 2002, and is held by a custodian and maintained under the Company’s control. In 2001 and 2000, these borrowings generally matured in less than 30 days, however, at December 31, 2002, the $28.50 million balance at year-end was comprised of a long-term reverse repurchase agreement obtained in January 2002, which will mature in January 2004. The table below provides comparative data for securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

                         
December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Average amount outstanding during the year(1)
  $ 30,784     $ 34,799     $ 70,701  
Maximum amount outstanding at month-end(2)
    48,150       55,412       110,145  
Balances, December 31
    28,500       22,114       68,173  
Rate at year-end
    3.29 %     1.01 %     6.09 %
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    3.08 %     3.51 %     6.25 %


(1)  Average balances were computed using daily averages.
 
(2)  Highest month-end balances were January 2002, February 2001, and October 2000.

      Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) amounted to $50.00 million at December 31, 2002, and $30.00 million at December 31, 2001. Of the Bank’s $50.00 million in FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2002, $10.00 million bearing interest at 4.90% was obtained in 1998 and matures on October 28, 2003, $20.00 million bearing interest at 3.48% was obtained in 2002 and matures on February 27, 2004, and $20.00 million bearing interest at 5.45% was obtained in 2001 and matures on March 21, 2005. These advances are non-callable with fixed interest rates.

9.     Income Taxes

      For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the current and deferred amounts of the income tax expense are summarized as follows:

                           
2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Current
                       
 
Federal
  $ 21,561     $ 19,367     $ 19,321  
 
State
    1,821       1,814       1,904  
     
     
     
 
      23,382       21,181       21,225  
     
     
     
 
Deferred
                       
 
Federal
    (1,196 )     (1,350 )     479  
 
State
    109       (1,011 )     158  
     
     
     
 
      (1,087 )     (2,361 )     637  
     
     
     
 
Total income tax expense
  $ 22,295     $ 18,820     $ 21,862  
     
     
     
 

98


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities give rise to deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

                 
2002 2001


(In thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets
               
Difference between provisions for loan losses for tax and financial reporting purposes
  $ 9,865     $ 9,275  
Difference between provisions for other real estate owned losses for tax and financial reporting purposes
    55       71  
State income tax
    1,185       705  
Other, net
    515       676  
     
     
 
Gross deferred tax assets
    11,620       10,727  
     
     
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
               
Use of accelerated depreciation for tax purposes
    (1,411 )     (1,312 )
Deferred loan fees
             
FHLB stock dividend
    (1,025 )     (1,115 )
Unrealized holding gain on securities available-for-sale, net
    (4,009 )     (3,043 )
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
    (956 )     (706 )
Other, net
    (163 )     (368 )
     
     
 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    (7,564 )     (6,544 )
     
     
 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 4,056     $ 4,183  
     
     
 

      Amounts for the current year are based upon estimates and assumptions as of the date of this report and could vary from amounts shown on the tax returns as filed. Accordingly, the variances from the amounts previously reported for 2001 are primarily the result of adjustments to conform to the tax returns as filed.

      In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize all benefits related to these deductible temporary differences.

      Included in other assets in the statements of condition, at December 31, 2002 and 2001, were net deferred tax assets of $4,056,000 in 2002, and $4,183,000 for 2001. Other assets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 included a current income tax receivable of $35,000 for 2002 and $996,000 for 2001. Other liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 include a current income tax payable $24,745,000 for 2002 and $19,370,000 for 2001.

99


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Income tax expense results in effective tax rates that differ from the statutory Federal income tax rate for the years indicated as follows:

                                                 
2002

2001

2000

)
(In thousands
Tax provision at Federal statutory rate
  $ 24,848       35.00 %   $ 21,504       35.00 %   $ 21,157       35.00 %
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit
    1,255       1.77       522       0.85       1,340       2.22  
Interest on obligations of state and political subdivisions, which are exempt from Federal taxation
    (141 )     (0.20 )     (72 )     (0.12 )     (1,240 )     (2.05 )
Low income housing tax credits
    (2,732 )     (3.85 )     (2,294 )     (3.73 )     (947 )     (1.57 )
Non-deductible expense —
Amortization of goodwill
                236       0.38       231       0.38  
Other, net
    (935 )     (1.32 )     (1,076 )     (1.75 )     1,321       2.19  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total income tax expense
  $ 22,295       31.40 %   $ 18,820       30.63 %   $ 21,862       36.17 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

10.     Stockholders’ Equity and Earnings per Share

      As a bank holding company, Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends will depend upon the dividends it receives from the Bank and on the income it may generate from any other activities in which Bancorp may engage, either directly or through other subsidiaries. Currently, since Bancorp does not have any other significant business activities outside the Bank’s operations, its ability to pay dividends will depend solely on dividends received from the Bank.

      Under California State banking law, the Bank may not pay a cash dividend, without regulatory approval, which exceeds the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or its net income for the last three fiscal years, less any cash distributions made during that period. The amount of retained earnings available for cash dividends as of December 31, 2002, is restricted to approximately $103,076,000 under this regulation.

      The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

      The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has established five capital ratio categories: “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A well capitalized institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at least 5%. At December 31, 2002, the Bank was in compliance with the minimum capital requirements and is considered well capitalized.

100


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The Company’s and the Bank’s capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2002, and 2001 are presented in the tables below:

                                                                   
Company Bank Company Bank




As of December 31, 2002 As of December 31, 2001


Balance Percentage Balance Percentage Balance Percentage Balance Percentage








(Dollars in thousands)
Tier I Capital (to risk- weighted assets)
  $ 271,613 (1)     11.93 %   $ 262,874 (1)     11.57 %   $ 231,916 (2)     11.15 %   $ 224,239 (2)     10.80 %
Tier I Capital minimum requirement
    91,043       4.00       90,876       4.00       83,231       4.00       83,064       4.00  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Excess
  $ 180,570       7.93 %   $ 171,998       7.57 %   $ 148,685       7.15 %   $ 141,175       6.80 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 296,156 (1)     13.01 %   $ 287,417 (1)     12.65 %   $ 255,904 (2)     12.30 %   $ 248,227 (2)     11.95 %
Total Capital minimum requirement
    182,085       8.00       181,752       8.00       166,462       8.00       166,129       8.00  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Excess
  $ 114,071       5.01 %   $ 105,665       4.65 %   $ 89,442       4.30 %   $ 82,098       3.95 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Risk-weighted assets
  $ 2,276,063             $ 2,271,902             $ 2,080,776             $ 2,076,608          
Tier I Capital (to average assets) Leverage ratio
  $ 271,613 (1)     10.11 %   $ 262,874 (1)     9.80 %   $ 231,916 (2)     9.48 %   $ 224,239 (2)     9.18 %
Minimum leverage requirement
    107,439       4.00       107,258       4.00       97,843       4.00       97,665       4.00  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Excess
  $ 164,174       6.11 %   $ 155,616       5.80 %   $ 134,073       5.48 %   $ 126,574       5.18 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total average assets
  $ 2,685,983 (3)           $ 2,681,438 (3)           $ 2,446,084 (3)           $ 2,441,623 (3)        


(1)  Excluding accumulated other comprehensive income of $6,719,000 and intangibles of $8,682,000.
 
(2)  Excluding accumulated other comprehensive income of $5,063,000 and intangibles of $8,880,000.
 
(3)  Average assets represent average balances for the fourth quarter of 2002 and the fourth quarter of 2001.

      The Board of Directors of Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences or other rights of the shares of each such class or series and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereon. Any preferred stock issued by Bancorp may rank prior to Bancorp common stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, or both, may have full or limited voting rights, and may be convertible into shares of Bancorp common stock. No preferred stock has been issued as of December 31, 2002.

      On November 16, 2000, Bancorp’s Board of Directors adopted a Rights Agreement between Bancorp and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent, and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of Bancorp common stock. The dividend was payable on January 19, 2001, to stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date, December 20, 2000. Each preferred share purchase right entitles the registered holder to purchase from Bancorp one one-thousandth of a share of Bancorp’s series A junior participating preferred stock at a price of $200, subject to adjustment. In general, the rights become exercisable if, after December 20, 2000, a person or group acquires 15% or more of Bancorp’s common stock or announces a tender offer for 15% or more of the common stock. The Board of Directors is entitled to redeem the rights at one cent per right at any time before any such person acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock. The rights will expire in ten years. The complete terms and conditions of the rights are contained in the Rights Agreement, between Bancorp and the Rights Agent, which was filed as an exhibit to Bancorp’s Form 8-A on December 20, 2000. The Rights Agreement is a successor to Bancorp’s prior rights agreement, which expired at the close of business on December 20, 2000.

101


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following is the reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the years as indicated:

                                                                         
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, 2002 December 31, 2001 December 31, 2000



Per Per
Income Shares Share Income Per Shares Share Income Shares Share
(Numerator) (Denominator) Amount (Numerator) (Denominator) Amount (Numerator) (Denominator) Amount









(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Net Income
  $ 48,700                     $ 42,620                     $ 38,587                  
     
                     
                     
                 
Basic EPS income available to common stockholders
  $ 48,700       17,991,333     $ 2.71     $ 42,620       18,107,790     $ 2.35     $ 38,587       18,113,502     $ 2.13  
Effect of dilutive stock options
            123,786                       57,470                       34,268          
     
     
             
     
             
     
         
Diluted EPS income available to common stockholders
  $ 48,700       18,115,119     $ 2.69     $ 42,620       18,165,260     $ 2.35     $ 38,587       18,147,770     $ 2.13  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2000, all outstanding options had a dilutive effect and were included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. Options to purchase an additional 51,635 shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2001, and were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have had an antidilutive effect.

11.     Commitments and Contingencies

      Litigation. The Company is involved in various litigation concerning transactions entered into during the normal course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not believe that the resolution of such litigation will have a material effect upon its financial statements taken as a whole.

      Lending. In the normal course of business, the Company becomes a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments included commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through commercial or standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those instruments represent varying degrees of exposure to risk in excess of the amounts included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition. The contractual or notional amount of these instruments indicates a level of activity associated with a particular class of financial instrument and is not a reflection of the level of expected losses, if any.

      The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Unless noted otherwise, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

102


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent the amount of credit risk include the following:

                   
2002 2001


(In thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 725,000     $ 676,000  
Standby letters of credit
    15,000       18,000  
Other letters of credit
    37,000       27,000  
Bill of lading guarantee
    11,000       13,000  
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 788,000     $ 734,000  
     
     
 

      Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment agreement. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. The total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrowers.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company does not have fixed-rate or variable-rate commitments with characteristics similar to options, which provide the holder, for a premium paid at inception to the Company, the benefits of favorable movements in the price of an underlying asset or index with limited or no exposure to losses from unfavorable price movements.

      The Company’s exposure to credit risk from this financial guarantee is essentially the same as if the Company was the owner of the corporation debt. At December 31, 2002, the Company has no outstanding financial guarantees.

      Letters of credit and bill of lading guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in making loans to customers.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company had available credit lines with other financial institutions in the amount of $332,500,000.

      Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company entered into a forward rate agreement with a notional amount of $100 million that was recorded at fair value, with gains recorded as securities gains in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The agreement expired in March 2001.

      On March 21, 2000, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a major financial institution in the notional amount of $20.00 million for a period of five years. The interest rate swap was for the purpose of hedging the cash flows from a portion of our floating rate loans against declining interest rates. The purpose of the hedge is to provide a measure of stability in the future cash receipts from such loans over the term of the swap agreement, which at December 31, 2002, was approximately two and an one quarter years. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the interest rate swap was $2.27 million, exclusive of accrued interest or $1.19 million, net of tax compared to $1.68 million, exclusive of accrued interest, or $869,000 net of tax, at December 31, 2001. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, net amounts totaling $1.06 million were reclassified into earnings. The estimated net amount of the existing gains within accumulated other comprehensive income that are expected to reclassify into earnings within the next 12 months is approximately $1.16 million.

      Leases. The Company is obligated under a number of operating leases for premises and equipment with terms ranging from 1 to 55 years, many of which provide for periodic adjustment of rentals based on changes in various economic indicators. Rental expense was $2,507,000 for 2002, $2,269,000 for 2001 and $2,200,000

103


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for 2000. The following table shows future minimum payments under operating leases with terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2002.

           
Year Ended December 31, Commitments


(In thousands)
2003
  $ 1,772 (1)
2004
    1,562  
2005
    1,499  
2006
    1,488  
2007
    1,148  
Thereafter
    11,719  
     
 
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 19,188  
     
 


(1)  Includes the annual lease payment of approximately $107,000 to be made to T.C. Realty, Inc., a corporation owned by Mr. Patrick Lee’s spouse. Mr. Lee is a director of the Bancorp and the Bank. The 3-year lease is due to expire in 2003.

      Rental income was $515,000 for 2002, $450,000 for 2001, and $437,000 for 2000. The following table shows future rental payments to be received under operating leases with terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2002:

           
Year Ended December 31, Commitments


(In thousands)
2003
  $ 468  
2004
    322  
2005
    124  
2006
    59  
2007
    43  
Thereafter
    66  
     
 
 
Total minimum lease payments to be received
  $ 1,082  
     
 
 
12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments.

      Cash and Short-term Instruments. For cash and short-term instruments, the carrying amount was assumed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

      Investment Securities. For securities (which include securities available-for-sale, and securities held-to-maturity), fair values were based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

      Loans. Fair values were estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Each loan category was further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and non-performing categories.

      The fair value of performing loans was calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan.

104


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Fair value for non-performing real estate loans was based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral of the loan. If appraisals were not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates are determined judgmentally using available market information and specific borrower information.

      Deposit Liabilities. The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits was assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit was estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

      Other Borrowings. This category includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.

      Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank. The fair value of the advances is estimated by discounting the projected cash flows using the U.S. Treasury curve adjusted to approximate current entry-value interest rates applicable and similar obligations issued by the Bank.

      Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments. The fair value of commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees written were estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counter-parties. The fair value of guarantees and letters of credit was based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counter-parties at the reporting date.

      Derivative Financial Instruments. The fair value of interest rate swap was quoted market prices at the reporting date. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

      Fair value estimates were made at specific points in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Bank’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Bank’s financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates were subjective in nature and involved uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

105


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

                                   
As of December 31, 2002 As of December 31, 2001


Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Amount Value Amount Value




(In thousands)
Financial Assets
                               
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 70,777     $ 70,777     $ 73,514     $ 73,514  
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    19,000       19,000       13,000       13,000  
 
Securities available-for-sale
    248,273       248,273       248,958       248,958  
 
Securities held-to-maturity
    459,452       477,782       374,356       382,814  
 
Loans, net
    1,848,078       1,871,740       1,640,032       1,643,459  
 
Interest rate swap
    2,568       2,568       1,928       1,928  
Financial Liabilities
                               
 
Deposits
    2,314,643       2,322,556       2,122,348       2,128,850  
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    28,500       28,939       22,114       22,114  
 
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
    50,000       52,364       30,000       30,397  
                                   
As of December 31, 2002 As of December 31, 2001


Notional Fair Notional Fair
Amount Value Amount Value




(In thousands)
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
                               
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 725,024     $ (424 )   $ 676,513     $ (349 )
 
Standby letters of credit
    15,229       (54 )     17,595       (64 )
 
Other letters of credit
    36,667       (196 )     26,923       (91 )
 
Bill of lading guarantee
    10,608       (71 )     12,729       (72 )

13.     Employee Benefit Plans

      Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Cathay Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), the Company makes annual contributions to a trust in the form of either cash or common stock of the Company for the benefit of eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the ESOP after completing two years of service for salaried full-time employees or 1,000 hours for each of two consecutive years for salaried part-time employees. The amount of the annual contribution is discretionary except that it must be sufficient to enable the trust to meet its current obligations. The Company also pays for the administration of this plan and of the trust. The ESOP purchased 50,453 shares in 2002, 28,918 shares in 2001, and 37,510 shares in 2000, of the Bancorp’s stock at an aggregate cost of $1,694,078 in 2002, $773,163 in 2001, and $812,359 in 2000. The shares purchased in 2002 included 34,200 shares bought on the open market and 16,253 shares bought through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The shares purchased in 2001 included 8,400 shares bought on the open market and 20,518 shares bought through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The shares purchased in 2000 included 15,000 shares bought on the open market and 22,510 shares bought through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The Company contributed $694,000 in 2002, $598,500 in 2001, and $564,800 in 2000 to the trust. The expense was charged to salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. In 2002, distribution of benefits to participants totaled 112,821 shares. As of December 31, 2002, the ESOP owned 982,120 shares or 5.46% of the Company’s outstanding common stock.

      Cathay Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Plan. In 1997, the Board approved the Cathay Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, which began on March 1, 1997. Salaried employees who have completed three months of

106


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

service and have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate. Enrollment dates are on January 1st, April 1st, July 1st and October 1st of each year.

      Participants may contribute up to 15% of their compensation for the year but not to exceed the dollar limit set by the Internal Revenue Code. Participants may change their contribution election on the enrollment dates. The Company matches 50% of the participants’ contribution up to 4% of their compensation after one year of service. The vesting schedule for the matching contribution is 0% for less than two years of service, 25% after two years of service and from then on, at an increment of 25% each year until 100% vested after five years of service. The Company’s contribution amounted to $247,400 in 2002, $227,900 in 2001, and $198,100 in 2000.

      The Plan allows participants to withdraw all or part of their vested amount in the Plan due to certain financial hardship as set forth in the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulation. Participants may also borrow up to 50% of the vested amount, up to a maximum of $50,000. The minimum loan amount is $1,000.

14.     Equity Incentive Plans

      In 1998, the Board adopted the Cathay Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. Under the Equity Incentive Plan, directors and eligible employees may be granted incentive or non-statutory stock options, or awarded restricted stock, for up to 2,150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on a split adjusted basis. The Equity Incentive Plan currently expires on February 2008.

      The Company granted non-statutory stock options to selected bank officers and non-employee directors in 2000 to purchase a total of 110,000 shares, in 2001 to purchase a total of 112,800 shares, and in 2002 to purchase a total of 113,440 shares of the Company’s common stock. The exercise price per share of these non-statutory stock options is equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Such options have a maximum ten-year term and vest in 20% annual increments (subject to early termination in certain events). If such options expire or terminate without having been exercised, any shares not purchased will again be available for future grants or awards.

                   
Weighted-Average
Shares Exercise Price


Balance, December 31, 1999
    89,400     $ 16.50  
 
Granted
    110,000       21.25  
 
Exercised
    (2,904 )     16.50  
 
Forfeited
    (840 )     21.25  
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2000
    195,656     $ 19.15  
     
     
 
 
Granted
    112,800       30.10  
 
Exercised
    (17,494 )     17.55  
 
Forfeited
    (23,740 )     24.94  
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    267,222     $ 23.36  
     
     
 
 
Granted
    113,440       32.55  
 
Exercised
    (15,202 )     19.37  
 
Forfeited
    (1,640 )     28.71  
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    363,820     $ 26.37  
     
     
 

107


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table shows stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2002, the corresponding exercise prices and the weighted-average contractual life remaining.

                         
Outstanding

Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual Exercisable
Exercise Price Shares Life (in Years) Shares




$16.50
    63,600       5.8       50,512  
 21.25
    86,816       7.1       27,000  
 30.10
    100,684       8.1       13,716  
 32.55
    112,720       9.2        
     
             
 
      363,820       7.8       91,228  
     
             
 

      No compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plans in the consolidated financial statements.

108


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

15.     Condensed Financial Information of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. (Unaudited)

      The condensed financial information of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 were as follows:

Statements of Condition

                     
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001


(In thousands, except
share and per share data)
Assets
               
 
Cash
  $ 4,249     $ 3,248  
 
Investment securities
    4,058       3,999  
 
Investment in subsidiary — Cathay Bank
    279,222       238,335  
 
Other assets
    500       500  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 288,029     $ 246,082  
     
     
 
Liabilities
               
 
Accrued expenses
  $ 68     $ 71  
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    68       71  
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity
               
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
           
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 18,305,255 issued and 17,999,955 outstanding in 2002, and 18,235,538 issued and 17,957,738 outstanding in 2001
    183       182  
 
Treasury stock, at cost (305,300 shares in 2002 and 277,800 shares in 2001)
    (8,287 )     (7,342 )
 
Additional paid-in-capital
    70,857       68,517  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    6,719       5,063  
 
Retained earnings
    218,489       179,591  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    287,961       246,011  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 288,029     $ 246,082  
     
     
 

109


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

                             
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Cash dividends from Cathay Bank
  $ 9,801     $ 14,058     $ 7,965  
Other expenses
    (573 )     (469 )     (280 )
     
     
     
 
Income before income tax expense
    9,228       13,589       7,685  
Income tax benefit
    241       196       118  
     
     
     
 
Income before undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    9,469       13,785       7,803  
     
     
     
 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    39,231       28,835       30,784  
     
     
     
 
Net income
    48,700       42,620       38,587  
     
     
     
 
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                       
   
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year
    3,290       2,408       3,084  
   
Cumulative adjustment upon adoption of SFAS No. 133
          566        
   
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives
    326       303        
   
Less: reclassification adjustments included in net income
    1,960       517       (225 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax
    1,656       2,760       3,309  
     
     
     
 
Total comprehensive income
  $ 50,356     $ 45,380     $ 41,896  
     
     
     
 

110


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Statements of Cash Flows

                             
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Cash flows from Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 48,700     $ 42,620     $ 38,587  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    (39,231 )     (28,835 )     (30,784 )
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses
    (3 )     8       22  
Write-downs on venture capital investments
    341       65        
Other assets
          (500 )      
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by operating activities
    9,807       13,358       7,825  
     
     
     
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                       
Purchase of investment securities
    (400 )     (655 )     (3,410 )
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash used in investing activities
    (400 )     (655 )     (3,410 )
     
     
     
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                       
Cash dividends
    (9,802 )     (9,057 )     (7,965 )
Proceeds from shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    1,898       1,811       1,691  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and tax benefits from stock plans
    443       432       56  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (945 )     (7,342 )      
     
     
     
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (8,406 )     (14,156 )     (6,218 )
     
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1,001       (1,453 )     (1,803 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    3,248       4,701       6,504  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 4,249     $ 3,248     $ 4,701  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
 
Cash paid during the year for income taxes
  $ 150     $ 150     $ 150  
 
Non-cash investing activities:
                       
   
Net change in unrealized holding gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax
  $ 1,330     $ 1,891     $ 3,309  
   
Cumulative adjustment upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, net of tax
  $     $ 566     $  
   
Net change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives, net of tax
  $ 326     $ 303     $  
 
16. Dividend Reinvestment Plan

      The Company has a dividend reinvestment plan which allows for participants’ reinvestment of cash dividends and certain additional optional investments in the Company’s common stock. Shares issued under the plan and the consideration received on a post-split stock basis were 54,515 for $1,896,000 in 2002, 69,314 for $1,811,000 in 2001, and 78,660 for $1,691,000 in 2000.

111


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

      The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly financial data:

                                                                 
Summary of Operations

2002 2001


Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter








(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
  $ 36,224     $ 36,304     $ 35,267     $ 36,266     $ 36,608     $ 39,977     $ 40,721     $ 42,046  
Interest expense
    9,340       10,062       9,835       10,683       13,121       15,965       17,660       19,407  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    26,884       26,242       25,432       25,583       23,487       24,012       23,061       22,639  
Provision for loan losses
    1,500       1,500       1,500       1,500       2,773       1,200       1,200       1,200  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    25,384       24,742       23,932       24,083       20,714       22,812       21,861       21,439  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Non-interest income
    3,630       5,185       4,022       3,334       3,721       4,154       3,052       3,852  
Non-interest expense
    11,560       10,891       10,214       10,652       8,461       10,253       10,340       11,111  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income tax expense
    17,454       19,036       17,740       16,765       15,974       16,713       14,573       14,180  
Income tax expense
    5,385       6,031       5,502       5,377       4,437       5,208       4,375       4,800  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
    12,069       13,005       12,238       11,388       11,537       11,505       10,198       9,380  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                                                               
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the year
    159       1,939       3,527       (2,334 )     (811 )     2,201       (730 )     1,748  
Cumulative adjustment upon adoption of SFAS No. 133
                                              566  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives
    (166 )     417       141       (66 )     (316 )     511       (148 )     256  
Less: reclassification adjustments included in net income
    499       550       718       194       127       287       79       24  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (506 )     1,806       2,950       (2,594 )     (1,254 )     2,425       (957 )     2,546  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total comprehensive income
  $ 11,563     $ 14,811     $ 15,188     $ 8,794     $ 10,283     $ 13,930     $ 9,241     $ 11,926  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income per common share
  $ 0.67     $ 0.72     $ 0.68     $ 0.63     $ 0.64     $ 0.63     $ 0.56     $ 0.52  
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 0.67     $ 0.72     $ 0.67     $ 0.63     $ 0.64     $ 0.63     $ 0.56     $ 0.52  

112 EX-3.1 3 a87970exv3w1.txt EXHIBIT 3.1 EXHIBIT 3.1 RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CATHAY BANCORP, INC. (PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 241 AND 245 OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE) 1. The name of the corporation is Cathay Bancorp, Inc. (the "Corporation"). 2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 1, 1990. 3. The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock. 4. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. 5. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows: FIRST: The name of the corporation is Cathay Bancorp, Inc. (the "Corporation"). SECOND: The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company. THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. FOURTH: (a) The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 35,000,000 shares, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock") and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Preferred Stock"). (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote. (c) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors is hereby expressly vested with authority, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions. FIFTH: (a) Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors shall consist of not fewer than 3 nor more than 25 directors, the exact number of directors within such limits to be determined as set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of Preferred Stock or any other class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation pursuant to the terms of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. The initial Class I Directors shall be those persons named as such by the Incorporator, who shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following March 1, 1990; the initial Class II Directors shall be those person named as such by the Incorporator, who shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following March 1, 1990; and the initial Class III Directors shall be those persons named as such by the Incorporator, who shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following March 1, 1990. Each director in each such class shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following March 1, 1990, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in the third year following the year of their election, with each director in each such class to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. (b) Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, any director may 2 be removed from office only for cause, and only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes and series of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class. SIXTH: Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock or any other class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. SEVENTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, repeal, alter or amend the Bylaws of the Corporation by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office, unless at the time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder (as defined in Article NINTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation), in which case such action of the Board of Directors to amend the Bylaws shall not be effective without the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors (as defined in Article NINTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) then in office. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant to Article FOURTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any such resolution or resolutions), the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% or more of the Voting Stock (as defined in Article FIFTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation), voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Bylaws. EIGHTH: To the fullest extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other law of the State of Delaware as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, or modification or repeal of, this Article EIGHTH shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal. NINTH: (a) In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section (b) of this Article NINTH, a Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) with, or proposed by or on behalf of, any Interested 3 Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or any Affiliate or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of any Interested Stockholder or any person who after such Business Combination would be an Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Stockholder shall require the affirmative vote of not less than 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as defined in Article FIFTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation), voting together as a single class, excluding Voting Stock beneficially owned by such Interested Stockholder. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified, by law, by any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, by any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise. (b) The provisions of Section(a) of this Article NINTH shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is required by law, by any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, by any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise, if, in the case of a Business Combination involving the receipt of consideration by the holders of the Corporation's outstanding Capital Stock (as hereinafter defined), the condition specified in paragraph (i) below is met or all of the conditions specified in paragraph (ii) below are met or if, in the case of a Business Combination not involving the receipt of consideration by the holders of the Corporation's outstanding Capital Stock, the condition specified in paragraph (i) below is met: (i) Approval by Continuing Directors. The Business Combination (either specifically or as a transaction which is within an approved category of transactions) shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined). (ii) Minimum Price and Other Requirements. All of the following conditions shall have been met: (A) Minimum Price Requirements. With respect to every class or series of outstanding Capital Stock of the Corporation, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired beneficial ownership of any shares of such class or series of Capital Stock: (1) The aggregate amount of cash plus the Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined), as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of (x) the highest per- 4 share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by or on behalf of the Interested Stockholder for any share of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Interested Stockholder of beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock (i) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) in the transaction or series of related transactions in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, in either case as adjusted for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification with respect to Common Stock; and (y) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock (i) on the Announcement Date or (ii) on the Determination Date (as hereinafter defined), whichever is higher, as adjusted for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification with respect to Common Stock. (2) The aggregate amount of cash plus the Fair Market Value, as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class or series of outstanding Capital Stock, other than Common Stock, shall be at least equal to the highest of (x) the highest per-share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by or on behalf of the Interested Stockholder for any share of such class or series of Capital Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Interested Stockholder of beneficial ownership of shares of such class or series of Capital Stock (i) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (ii) in the transaction or series of related transactions in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, in either case as adjusted for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification with respect to such class or series of Capital Stock; (y) the Fair Market Value per share of such class or series of Capital Stock (i) on the Announcement Date or (ii) on the Determination Date, whichever is higher, as adjusted for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification with respect to such class or series of Capital Stock; and (z) the highest preferential amount per share, if any, to which the holders of shares of such class or series of Capital Stock would be entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary 5 liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation regardless of whether the Business Combination to be consummated constitutes such an event. (B) Other Requirements. (1) The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class or series of outstanding Capital Stock shall be in cash or in the same form as previously has been paid by or on behalf of the Interested Stockholder in connection with its direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of shares of such class or series of Capital Stock. If the consideration so paid for shares of any class or series of Capital Stock varies as to form, the form of consideration for such class or series of Capital Stock shall be either cash or the form paid by or on behalf of the Interested Stockholder in connection with its direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of the largest number of shares of such class or series of Capital Stock. (2) After the Determination Date and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (w) there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full regular dividends (whether or not cumulative) payable in accordance with the terms of any outstanding Capital Stock, other than the Common Stock, except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; (x) there shall have been no reduction in the amount, or change in the frequency of payment, of any dividends regularly paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; (y) there shall have been an increase in the amount of any dividends regularly paid on the Common Stock as necessary to reflect any reverse stock split or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any split, recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction that has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase the amount of such dividends is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (z) such Interested Stockholder shall not have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Capital Stock except as part of or 6 otherwise in connection with the transaction or series of related transactions that resulted in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder (including the exercise of any right to purchase additional shares of Capital Stock granted to any Interested Stockholder by the Corporation in connection with such transactions or series of related transactions) and except in a transaction or series of related transactions that, after giving effect thereto, would not result in any increase in the Interested Stockholder's percentage beneficial ownership of any class or series of Capital Stock. (3) After the Determination Date, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combinations or otherwise. (4) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the "Act") (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act), shall be mailed to all stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions). Such proxy or information statement shall contain, in a prominent place, any statement as to the advisability (or inadvisability) or the Business Combination that the Continuing Directors, or any of them, may choose to make and, if deemed advisable by a majority of the Continuing Directors, the opinion of an investment banking firm selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors as to the fairness (or not) or the terms of the Business Combination from a financial point of view to the holders of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock other than the Interested Stockholder and its Affiliates or Associates, such investment banking firm to be paid a reasonable fee for its services by the Corporation. 7 (5) After the Determination Date, such Interested Stockholder shall not have made any majority change in the Corporation's business or capital structure without the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors. (c) The following definitions shall apply with respect to this Article NINTH. (i) The term "Business Combination" shall mean: (A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (1) any Interested Stockholder or (2) any other company (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) that is or after such merger or consolidation would be an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder; or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition, or any security arrangement, investment, loan, advance, guarantee, agreement to purchase, agreement to pay, extension of credit, joint venture participation or other arrangement, in one transaction or in a series of transactions, with or for the benefit of any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder involving any assets, securities or commitments of the Corporation, any Subsidiary, and Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder that, together with all other such arrangements, has an aggregate Fair Market Value and/or involves aggregate commitments equal to 10% or more of the book value of the total assets (in the case of transactions involving assets or commitments other than capital stock) or 10% of the stockholders' equity (in the case of transactions in capital stock) of the entity in question (the "Substantial Part"), as reflected in the most recent fiscal year-end consolidated balance sheet of such entity existing at the time the stockholders of the Corporation would be required to approve or authorize the Business Combination involving the assets, securities and/or commitments constituting any Substantial Part; or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation which any Interested Stockholder votes for or consents to; or (D) any issuance or reclassification of securities (including any stock dividend, split or reverse split or any other distribution of securities in respect of stock), any recapitalization of the Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of Capital Stock, or any securities convertible into or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or equity securities of any Subsidiary, that is beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder; or (E) any agreement, arrangement or other understanding providing for any one or more of the actions specified in the foregoing clauses (A) to (D). 8 (ii) The term "Capital Stock" shall mean all capital stock of the Corporation authorized to be issued from time to time under Article FOURTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (iii) The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, company or other entity and shall include any group comprised of any person and any other person with whom such person or any Affiliate or Associate of such person has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock. (iv) The term "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary and other than any profit-sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) who (1) is, or has publicly disclosed a plan or intention to become, the beneficial owner of Voting Stock representing 10% or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock or (2) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of Voting Stock representing 10% or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock. (v) A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of, shall "beneficially own" and shall have "beneficial ownership" of any Capital Stock (A) that such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates owns, directly or indirectly; (B) that such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly, (1) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or subject only to the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (2) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or (C) which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Capital Stock. For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph (iv) of this Section (c), the number of shares of Capital Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed beneficially owned by such person through application of this paragraph (v) of this Section (c), but shall not include any other shares of Capital Stock that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. (vi) The terms "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Act as in effect on 9 the date that this Article NINTH is approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the term "registrant" in Rule 12b-2 meaning in this case the Corporation). (vii) The term "Subsidiary" means any company of which a majority of any class of equity securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in paragraph (iv) of this Section (c), the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a company of which a majority of each class of equity security is beneficially owned by the Corporation. (viii) The term "Continuing Director," with respect to any particular Business Combination with, or proposed by or on behalf of, any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder or any person who thereafter would be an Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder, means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors"), while such person is a member of the Board of Directors, who is not an Affiliate, Associate or representative of such Interested Stockholder and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that such Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director while such successor is a member of the Board of Directors, who is not an Affiliate or Associate or representative of such Interested Stockholder and is recommended or elected to succeed the Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors. (ix) The term "Fair Market Value" means (x) in the case of cash, the amount of such cash; (y) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange-listed stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Act on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing sale price with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or any similar system then in use, or if no such sales prices are available, the highest of the means between the last reported bid and asked price with respect to a share of such stock on each day during the 30-day period preceding the date in question as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, or if not so reported, as determined by a member firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected by the Continuing Directors, or if no such bid and asked prices are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (z) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined in good faith by a majority of the Continuing Directors. 10 (x) In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in paragraphs (ii)(A)(1) and (ii)(A)(2) of Section(b) of this Article NINTH shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class or series of Capital Stock retained by the holders of such shares. (xi) The term "Announcement Date" means the date on which the proposed Business Combination is first publicly announced, disclosed or reported. (xii) The term "Determination Date" means with respect to any Interested Stockholder the later of the date that this Article NINTH is approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the date on which such Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder. (d) For the purpose of this Article NINTH, a majority of the Continuing Directors shall have the power and duty to determine in good faith, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all questions arising under this Article NINTH, including, without limitation, (i) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock beneficially owned by any person, (iii) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (iv) whether a Business Combination or any proposal to amend, repeal or adopt any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article NINTH (collectively, a "Proposed Action") is with, or proposed by or on behalf of, an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder or a person who thereafter would be an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder, and (v) whether any transaction specified in paragraph (i)(B) of Section (c) of this Article NINTH meets the Substantial Part test set forth therein; except that a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall have the power and duty to determine in good faith, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable investigation, whether a director is a "Continuing Director" as defined in paragraph (viii) of Section(c) of this Article NINTH. Any such determination made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. (e) (i) Nothing contained in this Article NINTH shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. (ii) The fact that any Business Combination complies with the provisions of Section (b) of this Article NINTH shall not be construed to impose any fiduciary duty, obligation or responsibility on the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, to approve such Business Combination or recommend its adoption or approval to the stockholders of the Corporation, nor shall such compliance limit, prohibit or otherwise restrict in any manner the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, with 11 respect to evaluations of or actions and responses taken with respect to such Business Combination. TENTH: (a) In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section (b) of this Article TENTH, the Corporation shall not knowingly engage, directly or indirectly, in any Stock Repurchase (as hereinafter defined) from an Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined), who has been such for a period of less than two years prior to the date of such Stock Repurchase or any agreement in respect thereof, without the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock which are beneficially owned by persons other than such Interested Stockholder, voting together as a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise. (b) The provisions of Section (a) of this Article TENTH shall not be applicable to any particular Stock Repurchase from an Interested Stockholder, and such Stock Repurchase shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is required by law or by any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or any agreement with any national securities exchange, if: (i) the Stock Repurchase is made pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer for a class of Capital Stock (as defined in Article NINTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) made available on the same basis to all holders of such class of Capital Stock; or (ii) the Stock Repurchase is made pursuant to an open market purchase program approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as defined in Article NINTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation), provided that such repurchase is effected on the open market and is not the result of a privately negotiated transaction. (c) For the purposes of this Article TENTH: (i) The term "Stock Repurchase" shall mean any repurchase, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of any shares of Capital Stock at a price greater than the then Fair Market Value of such shares. (ii) The term "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary and other than any profit-sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) who (A) is the beneficial owner of Voting Stock representing five percent (5%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock; or (B) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial 12 owner of Voting Stock representing five percent (5%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock. (iii) The terms "person," "beneficial owner," "Affiliate," "Associate," "Subsidiary," "Continuing Director" and "Fair Market Value" shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article NINTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article TENTH, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, (i) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock or other securities beneficially owned by any person, (iii) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another and (iv) whether the consideration to be paid in any Stock Repurchase has an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the then Fair Market Value of the shares of Capital Stock being repurchased. Any such determination made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. (e) Nothing contained in this Article TENTH shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. ELEVENTH:(a) Except as set forth in this Article ELEVENTH, stockholders of the Corporation shall not be entitled to cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. In the event that the Corporation has a Substantial Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) at the time of any election of directors, each holder of Voting Stock (as defined in Article FIFTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) shall be entitled, in connection with any vote taken for such election of directors, to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for this Article ELEVENTH) such stockholder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to such stockholder's shares of Voting Stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by such stockholder, and such stockholder may cast all of such votes for election of a single director or may distribute them among the number of directors to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as such stockholder may see fit. (b) For purposes of this Article ELEVENTH: (i) The term "Substantial Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary and other than any profit-sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) who is the beneficial owner of Voting Stock representing forty percent (40%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock. 13 (ii) The terms "beneficial owner," "Capital Stock," "person," "Affiliate," "Associate," "Subsidiary," "Fair Market Value" and "Continuing Director" shall have the meanings set forth in Article NINTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (c) The Board of Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article ELEVENTH on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, (i) whether a person is a Substantial Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of Voting Stock or other securities beneficially owned by any person, and (iii) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another. Any such determination made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. (d) Nothing contained in this Article ELEVENTH shall be construed to relieve any Substantial Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. TWELFTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another person, or (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation (an "Acquisition Proposal"), shall, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation the social and economic effects thereof and of consummation thereof on the employees, customers, suppliers and other constituents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located and the desirability of maintaining independence from any other entity which is a customer or competitor of the Corporation. THIRTEENTH: In addition to any requirements of law and any other provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant to Article FOURTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any such resolution or resolutions), the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal ARTICLES FIFTH, SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH, TWELFTH and THIRTEENTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereinafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are subject to this reservation. 14 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Cathay Bancorp, Inc. has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Dunson K. Cheng, its President, and attested by Wilbur K. Woo, its Secretary, this 17th day of May, 1990. ATTEST: CATHAY BANCORP, INC. By: /s/ Wilbur K. Woo By: /s/ Dunson K. Cheng ------------------------------- ------------------------- Wilbur K. Woo Dunson K. Cheng Secretary President 15 EX-23.1 4 a87970exv23w1.txt EXHIBIT 23.1 EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The Board of Directors Cathay Bancorp, Inc.: We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 33-33767) on Form S-3 and the registration statement (No. 333-87225) on Form S-8 of our report dated January 15, 2003, relating to the consolidated statements of condition of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, which report appears in the December 31, 2002 annual report on Form 10-K of Cathay Bancorp, Inc. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002. Los Angeles, California March 13, 2003 EX-99.1 5 a87970exv99w1.htm EXHIBIT 99.1 exv99w1

 

Exhibit 99.1

CEO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

      In connection with the Annual Report of Cathay Bancorp, Inc., and Subsidiary (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dunson K. Cheng, chief executive officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

        (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
        (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

  By  /s/ DUNSON K. CHENG
 
  Dunson K. Cheng
  Chairman and President

Date: February 28, 2003

75 EX-99.2 6 a87970exv99w2.htm EXHIBIT 99.2 exv99w2

 

Exhibit 99.2

CFO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

      In connection with the Annual Report of Cathay Bancorp, Inc., and Subsidiary (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anthony M. Tang, chief financial officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

        (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
        (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

  By  /s/ ANTHONY M. TANG
 
  Anthony M. Tang
  Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 28, 2003

76 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----